WO2025188123A1 - Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator - Google Patents
Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigeratorInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025188123A1 WO2025188123A1 PCT/KR2025/099397 KR2025099397W WO2025188123A1 WO 2025188123 A1 WO2025188123 A1 WO 2025188123A1 KR 2025099397 W KR2025099397 W KR 2025099397W WO 2025188123 A1 WO2025188123 A1 WO 2025188123A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cooling
- thermoelectric element
- refrigerator
- temperature value
- processor
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F25—REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
- F25B—REFRIGERATION MACHINES, PLANTS OR SYSTEMS; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS
- F25B21/00—Machines, plants or systems, using electric or magnetic effects
- F25B21/02—Machines, plants or systems, using electric or magnetic effects using Peltier effect; using Nernst-Ettinghausen effect
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F25—REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
- F25D—REFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- F25D15/00—Devices not covered by group F25D11/00 or F25D13/00, e.g. non-self-contained movable devices
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F25—REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
- F25D—REFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- F25D19/00—Arrangement or mounting of refrigeration units with respect to devices or objects to be refrigerated, e.g. infrared detectors
- F25D19/04—Arrangement or mounting of refrigeration units with respect to devices or objects to be refrigerated, e.g. infrared detectors with more than one refrigeration unit
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F25—REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
- F25D—REFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- F25D29/00—Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to a refrigerator having a thermoelectric element for cooling a storage room and a cooling cycle device, and a method for controlling the refrigerator.
- a refrigerator is a home appliance that has a main body with a storage compartment and a cold air supply device that supplies cold air to the storage compartment to keep food fresh.
- thermoelectric cooling device that generates heat and cooling through the Peltier effect can be used as a cooling device for a refrigerator.
- the thermoelectric cooling device may include a thermoelectric element.
- the thermoelectric element has a heating element formed on one side and a cooling element formed on the opposite side. When current is applied to the thermoelectric element, heat generation occurs in the heating element and heat absorption occurs in the cooling element.
- the thermoelectric cooling device may be equipped with a heat sink, a cooling sink, a heat sink fan, a cooling fan, a heat duct, and a cooling duct to increase the efficiency of cooling the storage room through the thermoelectric cooling device.
- the present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a method for controlling the refrigerator that consumes energy economically and has improved temperature control performance.
- the present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a control method for the refrigerator that can minimize temperature changes due to opening and closing of a door.
- the present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a method for controlling the refrigerator capable of minimizing temperature changes due to objects with large heat capacity.
- the present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a control method of the refrigerator that improves the temperature control performance by using not only the current temperature of the storage room but also the predicted temperature.
- a refrigerator comprises: a main body forming a storage compartment; a door for opening and closing the storage compartment; a cooling cycle device including a compressor and an evaporator and cooling the storage compartment; a thermoelectric element for cooling the storage compartment; at least one sensor for generating sensor data related to the refrigerator; and at least one processor for driving the compressor to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition, starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of the door, obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from a temperature prediction model based on the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value.
- the at least one processor ends the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value falls below a reference value after driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage room.
- the at least one processor terminates the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
- the at least one processor determines the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor.
- the at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor and the thermoelectric element together.
- the at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element.
- the at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a first control parameter when a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value, and drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a second control parameter when a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element is driven according to a second control parameter even when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value during operation in the cooling mode.
- the at least one processor obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage room from the temperature prediction model at each preset period, and changes the preset period based on the temperature of the storage room.
- the at least one processor obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage room from the temperature prediction model at each preset period, and changes the preset period based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
- the at least one processor includes a first processor that controls the cooling cycle device and the thermoelectric element; and a second processor that obtains a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from the temperature prediction model; wherein the first processor, in response to the cooling mode being started, transmits an instruction to the second processor to obtain the predicted temperature value from the temperature prediction model, and the second processor, in response to receiving the instruction from the first processor, obtains the predicted temperature value from the temperature prediction model and transmits the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model to the first processor.
- the at least one processor controls the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
- the at least one processor determines whether to drive the compressor based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
- the above predetermined condition includes that the cumulative time that the door has been open exceeds a predetermined time, and the at least one processor initializes the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
- a method for controlling a refrigerator includes: driving a compressor to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition; starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of a door for opening and closing a storage compartment; obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from a temperature prediction model based on sensor data related to the refrigerator based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving a thermoelectric element for cooling the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value.
- the control method of the refrigerator further includes: terminating the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value falls below a reference value after driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment;
- the control method of the refrigerator further includes terminating the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
- the control method of the refrigerator further includes determining the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor.
- Driving the thermoelectric element includes driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor and the thermoelectric element together.
- Driving the thermoelectric element includes driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage chamber based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element.
- the control method of the refrigerator obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from the temperature prediction model at each preset cycle, and changes the preset cycle based on at least one of the temperature of the storage compartment or the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
- FIG. 1 is a drawing illustrating a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a drawing showing the doors of a refrigerator in an open state according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 3 is a drawing of the upper part of a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, viewed from below.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional side view of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line I-I of Figure 2.
- FIG. 6 is an exploded view of a thermoelectric cooling device according to one embodiment.
- FIG. 7 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a flowchart of a method for cooling a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- Figure 9 illustrates an example of operating conditions of a thermoelectric element according to one embodiment.
- Fig. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for controlling a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example in which a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts cooling mode but the thermoelectric element is not driven.
- FIG. 12 illustrates an example in which a compressor and a thermoelectric element are driven together when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example in which, when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode, only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element is driven.
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example in which a compressor is driven while a thermoelectric element is driven when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
- ⁇ part may refer to a unit that processes at least one function or operation.
- the terms may refer to at least one piece of hardware such as an FPGA (field-programmable gate array)/ASIC (application specific integrated circuit), at least one piece of software stored in memory, or at least one process processed by a processor.
- FPGA field-programmable gate array
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- a refrigerator according to one embodiment may include a body.
- the body may include insulation.
- the insulation may insulate the interior and exterior of the storage compartment so that the temperature inside the storage compartment can be maintained at a set temperature without being affected by the external environment of the storage compartment.
- the insulation may include a foam insulation, such as polyurethane foam.
- the insulation may additionally include a vacuum insulation in addition to the foam insulation, or the insulation may consist solely of the vacuum insulation instead of the foam insulation.
- a storage room can store various items such as food, medicine, and cosmetics, and the storage room can be formed so that at least one side is open for taking items in and out.
- a refrigerator may include one or more storage compartments.
- each compartment may have a different purpose and be maintained at different temperatures.
- each storage compartment may be separated from the others by a partition wall containing insulation.
- the storage room may be provided to be maintained at an appropriate temperature range depending on the intended use, and may include a "refrigerator,” a “freezer,” or a “variable temperature room,” which are distinguished according to the intended use and/or temperature range.
- the refrigerator room may be maintained at a temperature appropriate for refrigerating items, and the freezer room may be maintained at a temperature appropriate for freezing items.
- “Refrigeration” may mean cooling items to a temperature that does not freeze them, and for example, a refrigerator room may be maintained at a temperature ranging from 0 degrees Celsius to +7 degrees Celsius.
- Freezing may mean cooling items to freeze them or keep them in a frozen state, and for example, a freezer room may be maintained at a temperature ranging from -20 degrees Celsius to -1 degree Celsius.
- the variable temperature room may be used as either a refrigerator room or a freezer room, at the user's option or not.
- a storage room may also be called by various other names such as “vegetable room,” “fresh room,” “cooling room,” and “ice room.”
- the terms “refrigerator,” “freezer,” and “variable temperature room” used hereinafter should be understood to encompass storage rooms having corresponding uses and temperature ranges.
- the refrigerator may include at least one door configured to open and close an open side of a storage compartment.
- the door may be configured to open and close one or more storage compartments, or a single door may be configured to open and close multiple storage compartments.
- the door may be installed on the front of the main body in a pivotal or sliding manner.
- the door may be configured to seal the storage compartment when the door is closed.
- the door may include insulation, similar to the body, to insulate the storage compartment when the door is closed.
- the door may include a door outer panel forming the front of the door, a door inner panel forming the back of the door and facing the storage compartment, an upper cap, a lower cap, and door insulation provided on the interior of these.
- the door inner panel may be provided with a gasket that seals the storage compartment by contacting the front of the body when the door is closed.
- the door inner panel may include a dyke that protrudes rearward to accommodate a door basket for storing items.
- the door may include a door body and a front panel detachably coupled to the front side of the door body and forming the front of the door.
- the door body may include a door outer panel forming the front of the door body, a door inner panel forming the rear of the door body and facing the storage compartment, an upper cap, a lower cap, and door insulation provided inside these.
- refrigerators can be classified into French door type, side-by-side type, bottom mounted freezer (BMF), top mounted freezer (TMF), or single-door refrigerator.
- BMF bottom mounted freezer
- TMF top mounted freezer
- the refrigerator may include a cold air supply device configured to supply cold air to the storage compartment.
- the cold air supply device may include a system of machines, devices, electronic devices and/or combinations thereof that can generate cold air and guide the cold air to cool the storage room.
- the cold air supply device can generate cold air through a refrigeration cycle that includes the processes of compression, condensation, expansion, and evaporation of a refrigerant.
- the cold air supply device can include a refrigeration cycle device having a compressor, a condenser, an expansion device, and an evaporator capable of driving the refrigeration cycle.
- the cold air supply device can include a semiconductor, such as a thermoelectric element. The thermoelectric element can cool a storage compartment by generating heat and cooling through the Peltier effect.
- the refrigerator may include a machine room in which at least some components belonging to the cold air supply device are arranged.
- the machine room may be designed to be partitioned and insulated from the storage room to prevent heat generated by components placed within the machine room from being transferred to the storage room.
- the interior of the machine room may be configured to be connected to the exterior of the main body to dissipate heat from components placed within the machine room.
- the refrigerator may include a dispenser provided on the door to provide water and/or ice.
- the dispenser may be provided on the door so that it is accessible to a user without having to open the door.
- a refrigerator may include an ice-making device configured to produce ice.
- the ice-making device may include an ice-making tray configured to store water, an ice-separating device configured to separate ice from the ice-making tray, and an ice bucket configured to store ice produced in the ice-making tray.
- the refrigerator may include a control unit for controlling the refrigerator.
- the control unit may include a memory that stores or memorizes a program and/or data for controlling the refrigerator, and a processor that outputs a control signal for controlling a cold air supply device, etc. according to the program and/or data memorized in the memory.
- Memory stores or records various information, data, commands, programs, etc. necessary for the operation of the refrigerator.
- Memory can store temporary data generated during the generation of control signals for controlling components within the refrigerator.
- Memory may include at least one of volatile memory and non-volatile memory, or a combination thereof.
- the processor controls the overall operation of the refrigerator.
- the processor can control the components of the refrigerator by executing programs stored in memory.
- the processor may include a separate NPU that performs the operations of an artificial intelligence model.
- the processor may also include a central processing unit (CPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), or the like.
- the processor may generate control signals to control the operation of the cooling system.
- the processor may receive temperature information about the storage compartment from a temperature sensor and generate a cooling control signal to control the operation of the cooling system based on the temperature information.
- the processor may process user input of the user interface and control the operation of the user interface based on programs and/or data stored/stored in the memory.
- the user interface may be provided using an input interface and an output interface.
- the processor may receive user input from the user interface. Additionally, the processor may transmit display control signals and image data to the user interface for displaying an image on the user interface in response to the user input.
- the processor and memory may be provided as a single unit or separately.
- the processor may include one or more processors.
- the processor may include a main processor and at least one subprocessor.
- the memory may include one or more memories.
- a refrigerator may include a processor and memory that control all components within the refrigerator, and may include multiple processors and multiple memories that individually control the components within the refrigerator.
- the refrigerator may include a processor and memory that control the operation of a cooling device based on the output of a temperature sensor.
- the refrigerator may separately include a processor and memory that control the operation of a user interface based on user input.
- the communication module can communicate with external devices, such as servers, mobile devices, and other home appliances, via a nearby access point (AP).
- the AP can connect the local area network (LAN) to which the refrigerator or user device is connected to the wide area network (WAN) to which the server is connected.
- the refrigerator or user device can then connect to the server via the WAN.
- LAN local area network
- WAN wide area network
- the input interface may include keys, a touchscreen, a microphone, etc.
- the input interface may receive user input and transmit it to the processor.
- the output interface may include a display, a speaker, etc.
- the output interface may output various notifications, messages, information, etc. generated by the processor.
- FIG. 1 is a drawing illustrating a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a drawing illustrating a state in which a door of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure is opened.
- FIG. 3 is a drawing illustrating the upper portion of a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure as viewed from below.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line I-I of FIG. 2.
- a refrigerator (1) may include a main body (100), storage chambers (11, 12, 13) formed inside the main body (100), and doors (21, 22, 23, 24) provided to open and close the storage chambers (11, 12, 13).
- the main body (100) may include an inner case (170), an outer case (180) coupled to the outer side of the inner case (170), and an insulating material (190) provided between the inner case (170) and the outer case (180) (see FIG. 6).
- the inner case (170) may form a storage chamber (11, 12, 13), and the outer case (180) may form the outer appearance of the main body (100).
- the main body (100) may include an upper wall (110), a lower wall (120), a left wall (130), a right wall (140), and a rear wall (150).
- the upper wall (110), the lower wall (120), the left wall (130), the right wall (140), and the rear wall (150) may form an upper surface, a lower surface, a left surface, a right surface, and a rear wall of the main body (100), respectively.
- Each of the upper wall (110), the lower wall (120), the left wall (130), the right wall (140), and the rear wall (150) may be formed of an inner surface (170), an outer surface (180), and an insulating material (190).
- the upper surface of the upper wall (110) may be formed by the outer surface (180)
- the lower surface of the upper wall (110) may be formed by the inner surface (170)
- an insulating material (190) may be provided on the inside of the upper wall (110).
- the storage compartments (11, 12, 13) can accommodate items.
- the storage compartments (11, 12, 13) can be formed to have an open front side so that items can be put in or taken out.
- the main body (100) can include a horizontal partition wall (160) that divides the first storage compartment (11) from the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13), and a vertical partition wall (161) that divides the second storage compartment (12) from the third storage compartment (13).
- the first storage compartment (11) can be provided at the upper part of the main body (100), and the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13) can be provided at the lower part of the main body (100).
- the first storage compartment (11) can be a refrigerator compartment
- the second storage compartment (12) can be a freezer compartment
- the third storage compartment (13) can be a variable temperature compartment.
- Doors (21, 22, 23, 24) can open and close storage rooms (11, 12, 13).
- the first door (21) and the second door (22) can open and close the first storage room (11)
- the third door (23) can open and close the second storage room (12)
- the fourth door (24) can open and close the third storage room (13).
- the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) can be rotatably coupled to the main body (100).
- the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may be rotatably coupled to the main body (100) by hinges.
- the first door (21) and the second door (22) may be rotatably coupled to the main body (100) by a hinge (31) provided on the upper portion of the main body (100) and a hinge provided in the middle of the main body (100), respectively.
- the hinge (31) may include a hinge pin that protrudes vertically to form a rotational axis of the door.
- the hinge (31) may be covered by a top cover (300) provided to cover the upper front portion of the main body (100).
- a rotating bar (40) may be provided on either the first door (21) or the second door (22) to cover the gap formed between the first door (21) and the second door (22) when the first door (21) and the second door (22) are closed.
- the rotating bar (40) may be provided rotatably on either the first door (21) or the second door (22).
- the rotating bar (40) may have a rod shape that is formed long in a vertical direction.
- the rotating bar (40) may also be referred to as a pillar, a mullion, or the like.
- a guide protrusion (46) may be provided at the top of the rotating bar (40), and a rotation guide (119) that guides the rotation of the guide protrusion (46) may be provided at the top of the main body (100).
- the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include a gasket (51).
- the gasket (51) may be pressed against the front of the body (100) when the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are closed.
- the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include a ditch (52) that protrudes rearward.
- a door shelf (53) capable of storing items may be mounted on the ditch (52).
- a rotating bar (40) may be rotatably installed on the ditch (52).
- the refrigerator (1) may include a thermoelectric cooling device (400) arranged to cool the storage compartment (11).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may be provided on the upper side of the storage room (11) to cool the storage room (11). That is, the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may be provided on the upper wall (110) of the main body (100).
- the thermoelectric element (530) includes a heating portion (531) and a cooling portion (532). When current is applied to the thermoelectric element (530), a heating action may occur in the heating portion (531) and a heat absorption action may occur in the cooling portion (532).
- the thermoelectric element (530) may have a thin hexahedral shape.
- the heating portion (531) may be provided on one surface of the thermoelectric element (530) and the cooling portion (532) may be provided on the opposite surface.
- thermoelectric element (530) may be provided on the upper wall (110) such that the heating portion (531) faces above the thermoelectric element (530) and the cooling portion (532) faces below the thermoelectric element (530). That is, the heating portion (531) may face the outside of the main body (100) and the cooling portion (532) may face the inside of the storage chamber (11). Accordingly, air that has been warmed through heat exchange with the heating portion (531) may be discharged to the outside of the main body (100), and air that has been cooled through heat exchange with the cooling portion (532) may be supplied to the storage chamber (11).
- the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat sink (520) that contacts the heat generating unit (531) so that heat exchange between the heat generating unit (531) and the air outside the main body (100) is efficiently performed.
- a heat sink (520) may be located outside the main body (100).
- the heat sink (520) may contact the heat generating portion (531) to absorb heat from the heat generating portion (531) and release heat to the outside of the main body (100).
- the heat sink (520) may also be referred to as a hot sink, a heat dissipation heat sink, a hot heat sink, etc.
- the heat sink (520) may be formed of a metal material with good thermal conductivity.
- the heat sink (520) may be formed of aluminum or copper.
- the heat sink (520) may include a heat sink base (521) that contacts the heat generating portion (531) and a plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) that protrude from the heat sink base (521) to expand the heat transfer area.
- the plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) may protrude upward from the heat sink base (521).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling sink (570) in contact with the cooling unit (532) so that heat exchange between the cooling unit (532) and the air inside the storage chamber (11) is efficiently performed.
- a cooling sink (570) may be located inside the storage compartment (11).
- the cooling sink (570) may cool the storage compartment (11) by taking away heat from the storage compartment (11) and transferring it to the cooling unit (532).
- the cooling sink (570) may also be referred to as a cold sink, a cooling sink, a cooling heat sink, a cold heat sink, a cooling heat sink, etc.
- the cooling sink (570) may be formed of a metal material with good thermal conductivity.
- the cooling sink (570) may be formed of aluminum or copper.
- the cooling sink (570) may include a cooling sink base (571) that contacts the cooling unit (532) and a plurality of cooling fins (575) that protrude from the cooling sink base (571) to expand the heat transfer area.
- the plurality of cooling fins (525) may protrude downward from the cooling sink base (571).
- the cooling sink base (571) and the plurality of cooling fins (575) may be formed integrally.
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat dissipation fan (600) that circulates air to ensure efficient heat exchange between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the air outside the main body (100).
- a heat dissipation fan (600) that circulates air to ensure efficient heat exchange between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the air outside the main body (100).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged to blow air toward the heat dissipation sink (520).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged to be positioned horizontally with respect to the heat dissipation sink (520).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged on the outside of the main body (100).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged on the upper side of the upper wall (110).
- the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat dissipation duct (700) provided to guide air flowing by a heat dissipation fan (600).
- the heat dissipation duct (700) may guide air from outside the main body (100) to exchange heat with the heat dissipation sink (520), and may discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) back to the outside of the main body (100).
- the heat dissipation duct (700) can draw in air from the external space on the upper side of the main body (100).
- the heat dissipation duct (700) can discharge air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) to the external space on the upper side of the main body (100).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) can be located inside the heat dissipation duct (700).
- the heat dissipation sink (520) can be located inside the heat dissipation duct (700).
- the heat dissipation duct (700) can be provided on the upper surface of the upper wall (110).
- the heat dissipation duct (700) may include an outside air intake port (751) that draws air outside the main body (100) into the inside of the heat dissipation duct (700), and an outside air exhaust port (782) that discharges air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) to the outside of the main body (100).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling fan (800) that circulates air to ensure efficient heat exchange between the cooling sink (570) and the air inside the storage chamber (11).
- the cooling fan (800) may be arranged to blow air toward the cooling sink (570).
- the cooling fan (800) may be positioned horizontally with respect to the cooling sink (570).
- the cooling fan (800) may be arranged inside the storage compartment (11).
- the cooling fan (800) may be arranged on the lower side of the upper wall (110).
- the cooling fan (800) may be a centrifugal fan that sucks in air in an axial direction and discharges it in radial directions.
- the rotation axis (810) of the cooling fan (800) may be arranged perpendicular to the bottom surface of the upper wall (110).
- the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a temperature sensor (112) (hereinafter referred to as the 'second defrost sensor') for measuring the temperature of air cooled by the cooling fan (800).
- a temperature sensor (112) hereinafter referred to as the 'second defrost sensor'
- the second defrost sensor (112) can measure the temperature of the cooling sink (570). Measuring the temperature of the cooling sink (570) may include measuring the temperature of the air surrounding the cooling sink (570) and measuring the temperature of the cooling sink (570) itself.
- the second defrost sensor (112) may be provided in the cooling sink (570) or in the cooling duct (900).
- the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling duct (900) provided to guide air flowing by a cooling fan (800).
- the cooling duct (700) may guide air inside the storage chamber (11) to exchange heat with the cooling sink (570), and may discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) back into the storage chamber (11).
- the cooling fan (800) may be located inside the cooling duct (900).
- the cooling sink (570) may be located inside the cooling duct (900).
- the cooling duct (900) may be provided on the lower surface of the upper wall (110).
- the cooling duct (900) may include an intake port (991) for drawing air inside the storage room (11) into the interior of the cooling duct (900), and an exhaust port (992) for discharging air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) into the interior of the storage room (11).
- the refrigerator (1) may include a cooling cycle device (450, see FIG. 7) to cool the storage compartment through a refrigeration cycle.
- the cooling cycle device (450) may include a compressor (2), a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3).
- the evaporator (3) may be provided at the rear of the storage compartment (12, 13).
- the refrigerator (1) may include a temperature sensor (111) (hereinafter referred to as “first defrost sensor”) for measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3).
- a temperature sensor 111
- first defrost sensor for measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3).
- the first temperature sensor (111) can measure the temperature of the evaporator (3). Measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3) may include measuring the temperature of the air surrounding the evaporator (3) and measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3) itself.
- the refrigerator (1) may include evaporator ducts (60, 70) that guide cold air generated in the evaporator (3).
- the first evaporator duct (60) may be provided at the rear side of the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13).
- the second evaporator duct (70) may be provided at the rear side of the first storage compartment (11).
- the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) can be sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) by the evaporator fan (80).
- the cold air sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) can be discharged to the second storage chamber (12) or the third storage chamber (13) through a cold air discharge port (not shown) formed on the front.
- the cold air sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) can be guided to the internal passage (78) of the second evaporator duct (70).
- the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) may be supplied directly to the second evaporator duct (70) without passing through the first evaporator duct (60).
- a separate evaporator (3) may be provided at the rear side of the first storage chamber (11) and configured to supply cold air to the second evaporator duct (70).
- a method for supplying cold air to the storage compartment (11) may include a first method of supplying only cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400), a second method of supplying only cold air generated by the cooling cycle device (450), and a third method of supplying both cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and cold air generated by the cooling cycle device (450).
- the refrigerator (1) can operate only the thermoelectric cooling device (400) when noise reduction is required. When it is necessary to rapidly cool the storage room (11), the refrigerator (1) can simultaneously supply cold air generated through the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and cold air generated through the cooling cycle device (450) to the storage room (11).
- the refrigerator (1) may include a thermoelectric cooling device (400) and a cooling cycle device (450), but is not limited thereto, and the refrigerator may include only a thermoelectric cooling device (400).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) is provided on the upper wall (110) of the main body (100), the location of the thermoelectric cooling device (400) is not limited thereto.
- FIG. 6 is an exploded view of a thermoelectric cooling device according to one embodiment.
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a thermoelectric module (500).
- thermoelectric element (530), heat sink (520), and cooling sink (570) described above can be assembled integrally to form a thermoelectric module (500). That is, the thermoelectric module (500) can include a thermoelectric element (530), a heat sink (520), a cooling sink (570), and a module plate (550).
- the module plate (550) can serve as a skeleton of the thermoelectric module (500).
- the module plate (550) can be formed of a resin material having low thermal conductivity.
- the module plate (550) can maintain a gap between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570) and support the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570).
- the module plate (550) can be formed integrally with a fan case (650) to be described later. However, the module plate (550) can also be provided separately from the fan case (650).
- the module plate (550) may include a heat sink support (552) that supports a heat sink (520).
- the module plate (550) may include a module plate opening (551).
- the thermoelectric element (530) may be disposed inside the module plate opening (551).
- the vertical length of the module plate opening (551) may be greater than the vertical length of the thermoelectric element (530), and the thermoelectric element (530) may be disposed on the upper side of the module plate opening (551).
- the reason why the thermoelectric element (530) is disposed on the upper side inside the module plate opening (551) is because the heat generation amount of the thermoelectric element (530) is typically higher than the heat absorption amount, and the positioning of the thermoelectric element (530) on the upper side of the module plate opening (551) is advantageous for heat dissipation of the heat generating part (531).
- the cooling sink (570) may include a cooling conductive portion (574) protruding from the cooling sink base (571) for contact with the cooling portion (532) of the thermoelectric element (530).
- the thermoelectric module (500) may include a module plate (550) and an element insulation material (540) that insulates the thermoelectric element (530).
- the element insulation material (540) may be placed in the module plate opening (551) so that a side of the thermoelectric element (530) does not contact the module plate (550).
- the element insulation material (540) includes an element insulation opening (541), and the thermoelectric element (530) may be accommodated in the element insulation opening (541).
- the thermoelectric module (500) may include a sink insulation (580) provided between the module plate (550) and the cooling sink (570).
- the sink insulation (580) may prevent heat from being transferred between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570) through the module plate (550).
- the sink insulation (580) may include a sink insulation opening (581). However, the sink insulation (580) may be omitted, in which case the heat dissipation sink (520) may be supported on the upper surface of the module plate (550) and the cooling sink (570) may be supported on the lower surface of the module plate (550).
- the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a fan case (650) in which a heat dissipation fan (600) is installed and which guides the air blown by the heat dissipation fan (600).
- the fan case (650) may be formed integrally with the module plate (550) or may be provided separately.
- the case scroll portion (670) may be formed to surround the heat dissipation fan (600).
- the case scroll portion (670) may have a scroll portion opening (673) open toward the heat dissipation sink (520).
- the case scroll portion (670) may include a downstream end (671) along the rotational direction (R) of the heat dissipation fan (600) and an upstream end (672) along the rotational direction (R).
- the fan case (650) may include a case guide (680) provided to guide air flowing from the heat dissipation fan (600) to the area around the downstream end (671) of the case scroll section (670).
- Heat dissipation channels may be formed between the plurality of heat dissipation fins (525).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) can blow air toward the heat dissipation sink (520), and the air flowing by the heat dissipation fan (600) can pass through the heat dissipation channels and exchange heat with a plurality of heat dissipation fins (525).
- the cooling sink (570) may include a plurality of cooling fins (575).
- the plurality of cooling fins (575) may be formed to extend in a direction parallel to the lower surface of the cooling sink base (571).
- Cooling channels may be formed between the plurality of cooling fins (575).
- Air flowing by the cooling fan (800) can pass through the cooling channels and exchange heat with a plurality of cooling fins (575).
- FIG. 7 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- a refrigerator (1) may include a sensor unit (340), a cooling cycle device (450), a thermoelectric cooling device (400), and/or a control unit (350).
- the sensor unit (340) may include at least one sensor that collects sensor data related to the refrigerator (1).
- Sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) may include data related to the internal environment of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., internal temperature, internal humidity, internal image, etc.) (e.g., temperature data, humidity data, image data, etc.) and/or data related to the external environment of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., external temperature, external humidity, proximity of a user).
- data related to the internal environment of the refrigerator (1) e.g., internal temperature, internal humidity, internal image, etc.
- data related to the external environment of the refrigerator (1) e.g., external temperature, external humidity, proximity of a user.
- sensor data related to a refrigerator (1) may include whether the cooling cycle device (450) is operating, whether the thermoelectric cooling device (400) is operating, and whether the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are open or closed.
- the sensor unit (340) may include a first defrost sensor (111), a second defrost sensor (112), an internal sensor (341), an external sensor (342), and/or a door sensor (343).
- the example of the sensor unit (340) is not limited thereto, and any sensor capable of collecting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) described above may be employed as an example of the sensor unit (340).
- the first defrost sensor (111) can measure the temperature of the evaporator (3).
- the first defrost sensor (111) can transmit information about the temperature of the evaporator (3) to the control unit (350).
- the second defrost sensor (112) can measure the temperature of the cooling sink (570).
- the second defrost sensor (112) can transmit information about the temperature of the cooling sink (570) to the control unit (350).
- the internal sensor (341) of the refrigerator (1) can measure the temperature and/or humidity of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13).
- the internal sensor (341) can transmit information about the temperature and/or humidity of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) to the control unit (350).
- the external sensor (342) can measure the temperature and/or humidity outside the main body (100).
- the external sensor (342) can transmit information about the temperature and/or humidity outside the main body (100) to the control unit (350).
- the door sensor (343) can detect whether the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are open or closed.
- the door sensor (343) can transmit information related to the opening or closing of the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) to the control unit (350).
- the door sensor (343) can transmit information related to the opening or closing of the first door (21) and/or the second door (22) that open or close the first storage compartment (11) to the control unit (350).
- the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can control various components of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., thermoelectric cooling device (400), cooling cycle device (450)) based on information transmitted from the sensor unit (340).
- various components of the refrigerator (1) e.g., thermoelectric cooling device (400), cooling cycle device (450)
- the memory (352) of the control unit (350) can store information transmitted from the sensor unit (340).
- the cooling cycle device (450) can cool the storage room (11, 12, 13).
- the cooling cycle device (450) may include a compressor (2), a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3), and may include an evaporator fan (80) for blowing cold air generated in the evaporator (3) to a storage room (11, 12, 13).
- the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) may be discharged to the second storage room (12) or the third storage room (13), or may be supplied to the first storage room (11) through the first evaporator duct (60), the second evaporator duct (70), and the damper (61).
- control unit (350) can open the damper (61) when cold air needs to be supplied to the first storage room (11) by controlling the opening and closing of the damper (61) when the cooling cycle device (450) is driven, and can close the damper (61) when cold air does not need to be supplied to the first storage room (11).
- the compressor (2) can compress the refrigerant and supply the compressed refrigerant to a heat exchanger (e.g., a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3)).
- a heat exchanger e.g., a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3).
- the control unit (350) can control the temperature of the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) by controlling the compressor (2).
- the control unit (350) can control the compressor (2) so that the temperature measured by the internal sensor (341) maintains a predetermined target temperature.
- Controlling the compressor (2) may include driving the compressor (2).
- Driving the compressor (2) may include controlling the on/off of the compressor (2) or controlling the operating frequency of the compressor (2).
- Driving the compressor (2) may include driving the evaporator fan (80) together.
- the control unit (350) may drive the evaporator fan (80) together when driving the compressor (2).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) can cool the storage room (11).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a thermoelectric element (530), a heat dissipation fan (600), and a cooling fan (800).
- thermoelectric element (530) When power is supplied to the thermoelectric element (530), heat exchange can occur between the cooling sink (570) and the heat sink (520). For example, the thermoelectric element (530) can convert electrical energy into thermal energy, thereby causing a heat generation process in the heating element (531) and an absorption process in the cooling element (532).
- the control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530).
- Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include controlling a driving circuit that applies power to the thermoelectric element (530).
- Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include turning the thermoelectric element (530) on. Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include turning the thermoelectric element (530) on/off at a predetermined duty ratio.
- thermoelectric element (530) may include supplying electrical energy to the thermoelectric element (530), i.e., supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530).
- Supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530) may include applying voltage and/or current to the thermoelectric element (530).
- thermoelectric element (530) may include not supplying electrical energy to the thermoelectric element (530), i.e., not supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530). Not supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530) may include not applying voltage and/or current to the thermoelectric element (530).
- the heat sink (520) can contact the heating element (531) to absorb the heat of the heating element (531) and release the heat to the outside of the main body (100).
- the cooling sink (570) can cool the storage room (11) by taking away the heat from the storage room (11) and transferring it to the cooling unit (532).
- the heat dissipation fan (600) guides air from outside the main body (100) to exchange heat with the heat dissipation sink (520), and can discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) back to the outside of the main body (100).
- the control unit (350) can control the heat dissipation fan (600).
- Controlling the heat dissipation fan (600) may include controlling the fan motor of the heat dissipation fan (600).
- Controlling the heat dissipation fan (600) may include driving the heat dissipation fan (600) and turning off the heat dissipation fan (600).
- Driving the heat dissipation fan (600) may include rotating the heat dissipation fan (600) at a predetermined speed. Turning off the heat dissipation fan (600) may include stopping the rotation of the heat dissipation fan (600).
- the fan motor of the heat dissipation fan (600) may include a BLDC motor whose speed can be controlled.
- the heat dissipation fan (600) operates, the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) flows, allowing the heat dissipation sink (520) to quickly dissipate heat. As the heat dissipation sink (520) quickly dissipates heat, the heat generation action in the heating part (531) and the heat absorption action in the cooling part (532) can occur smoothly.
- the cooling fan (800) can suck in air inside the storage room (11), exchange heat with the cooling sink (570), and discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) back into the storage room (11).
- the control unit (350) can control the cooling fan (800).
- Controlling the cooling fan (800) may include controlling the fan motor of the cooling fan (800).
- Controlling the cooling fan (800) may include driving the cooling fan (800) and turning off the cooling fan (800).
- Driving the cooling fan (800) may include rotating the cooling fan (800) at a predetermined speed. Turning off the cooling fan (800) may include stopping the rotation of the cooling fan (800).
- the fan motor of the cooling fan (800) may include a BLDC motor whose speed can be controlled.
- the cooling fan (800) operates, the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) flows, thereby rapidly cooling the interior of the storage chamber (11). As the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) flows, the heat generation action in the heating unit (531) and the heat absorption action in the cooling unit (532) can occur smoothly.
- the control unit (350) can drive the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when driving the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) may drive the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned on.
- Driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned on may include driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) after a predetermined time has elapsed after the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on and/or driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) before a predetermined time before the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on and/or driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on.
- control unit (350) may turn off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned off.
- Turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned off may include turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) after a predetermined time has elapsed after the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off and/or turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) before a predetermined time before the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off and/or turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off.
- the opposite of driving a particular configuration in this disclosure may be turning off a particular configuration or not driving a particular configuration.
- driving the cooling cycle device (450) may include driving the compressor (2).
- thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530).
- the refrigerator (1) may include a communication interface (360) for communicating with an external device (e.g., a server, a user device) via wires and/or wirelessly.
- an external device e.g., a server, a user device
- the communication interface (360) may include at least one processor (361) that controls a communication module for transmitting and receiving data with an external device and at least one memory (362) that stores a program and data for controlling the communication module.
- At least one memory (362) can store data required for various embodiments.
- the memory (362) may be implemented as a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) or as a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1) depending on the purpose of data storage.
- data for operating the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1)
- data for expanding the functions of the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1).
- memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) it may be implemented as at least one of volatile memory (e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)), non-volatile memory (e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND flash or NOR flash), hard drive, or solid state drive (SSD)).
- volatile memory e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)
- non-volatile memory e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND
- memory that can be attached or detached to the refrigerator (1)
- it may be implemented in the form of a memory card (e.g., CF (compact flash), SD (secure digital), Micro-SD (micro secure digital), Mini-SD (mini secure digital), xD (extreme digital), MMC (multi-media card)), external memory that can be connected to a USB port (e.g., USB memory), etc.
- CF compact flash
- SD secure digital
- Micro-SD micro secure digital
- Mini-SD mini secure digital
- xD extreme digital
- MMC multi-media card
- a temperature prediction model can be trained to output a temperature value (hereinafter, "predicted temperature value") of a storage room (11) in the near future using sensor data related to a refrigerator (1) as input data.
- the near future may mean a time point after a predetermined period of time (e.g., 10 minutes) has elapsed from the present time point.
- the temperature prediction model can output a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) using sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340).
- the refrigerator (1) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) using a temperature prediction model. In one embodiment, the refrigerator (1) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) using the temperature prediction model only when a specific condition is satisfied.
- the control unit (350) and the communication interface (360) of the refrigerator (1) can be connected wired or wirelessly.
- the processor (351) of the control unit (350) and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can transmit and receive various information, commands, or instructions to each other wired or wirelessly.
- the processor (351) can execute the temperature prediction model stored in the memory (352) and obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model.
- a temperature prediction model is stored in the memory (362) of the communication interface (360), and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can perform the operation of the artificial intelligence model.
- the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can instruct the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) to perform the temperature prediction model, and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can, in response to receiving the instruction, input sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model to obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11), and transmit it to the processor (351) of the control unit (350).
- the data processing burden of the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can be alleviated by executing a temperature prediction model using the processor (361) of the communication interface (360).
- the processor (351) of the control unit (350) instructs the execution of a temperature prediction model, it can transmit sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340) to an external device through a communication interface (360).
- the refrigerator (1) can execute the temperature prediction model at preset intervals when a predetermined condition is satisfied (e.g., when the cooling mode is started).
- the communication interface (360) can transmit data to an external device (e.g., a server, a user device) or receive data from an external device.
- the communication interface (360) can support the establishment of a direct (e.g., wired) communication channel or a wireless communication channel between the external devices, and the performance of communication through the established communication channel.
- the communication interface (360) can include a wireless communication module (e.g., a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module) or a wired communication module (e.g., a local area network (LAN) communication module, or a power line communication module).
- GNSS global navigation satellite system
- a corresponding communication module can communicate with the external device through a first network (e.g., a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)) or a second network (e.g., a long-range communication network such as a legacy cellular network, a 5G network, a next-generation communication network, the Internet, or a computer network (e.g., a LAN or WAN)).
- a first network e.g., a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)
- a second network e.g., a long-range communication network such as a legacy cellular network, a 5G network, a next-generation communication network, the Internet, or a computer network (e.g., a LAN or WAN)
- a first network e.g., a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless
- the short-range wireless communication module may include, but is not limited to, a Bluetooth communication module, a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) communication module, a near field communication module, a WLAN (Wi-Fi) communication module, a Zigbee communication module, an infrared (IrDA, infrared Data Association) communication module, a WFD (Wi-Fi Direct) communication module, an UWB (ultrawideband) communication module, an Ant+ communication module, a microwave (uWave) communication module, etc.
- the remote communication module may include a communication module that performs various types of remote communication and may include a mobile communication interface.
- the mobile communication interface transmits and receives wireless signals with at least one of a base station, an external terminal, and a server on a mobile communication network.
- the communication interface (360) can communicate with external devices via a peripheral access point (AP).
- the access point (AP) can connect the local area network (LAN) to which the refrigerator (1) is connected to a wide area network (WAN) to which the server is connected.
- the refrigerator (1) can be connected to the server via the wide area network (WAN).
- At least one memory (352) can store data required for various embodiments.
- the memory (352) may be implemented as a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) or as a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1) depending on the purpose of data storage.
- data for operating the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1)
- data for expanding the functions of the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1).
- memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) it may be implemented as at least one of volatile memory (e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)), non-volatile memory (e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND flash or NOR flash), hard drive, or solid state drive (SSD)).
- volatile memory e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)
- non-volatile memory e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND
- At least one processor (351) controls the overall operation of the refrigerator (1).
- at least one processor (351) is connected to each component of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., sensor unit (340), cooling cycle device (450), thermoelectric cooling device (400), communication interface (360)) to control the overall operation of the refrigerator (1).
- at least one processor (351) is electrically connected to a memory (352) to control the overall operation of the refrigerator (1).
- the processor (351) may be composed of one or more processors.
- At least one processor (351) can perform operations of the refrigerator (1) according to various embodiments by executing at least one instruction stored in the memory (352).
- At least one processor (351) may include one or more of a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), an APU (Accelerated Processing Unit), an MIC (Many Integrated Core), a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), an NPU (Neural Processing Unit), a hardware accelerator, or a machine learning accelerator. At least one processor (351) may control one or any combination of other components of the refrigerator (1), and may perform operations related to communication or data processing. At least one processor (351) may execute at least one program or instruction stored in the memory (352). For example, at least one processor (351) may perform a method according to at least one embodiment of the present disclosure by executing at least one instruction stored in the memory (352).
- control unit (350) can perform cooling operation in various ways.
- control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply only the cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) to the storage room (11).
- control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving only the compressor (2) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply only the cold generated in the cooling cycle device to the storage room (11).
- control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply both the cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and the cold air generated by the cooling cycle device to the storage room (11).
- control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the current temperature of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) and the target temperature of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13).
- control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the temperature of the first storage room (11) being higher than the target temperature (hereinafter, “first target temperature”) of the first storage room (11). In this case, the control unit (350) may open the damper (61).
- control unit (350) may determine the first target temperature based on the set temperature of the first storage chamber (11) (hereinafter referred to as the “first set temperature”).
- the set temperature may refer to a temperature that can be set by a user.
- control unit (350) may determine the first target temperature by correcting the first set temperature based on sensor data (e.g., high-temperature data, high-humidity data, etc.) collected from the sensor unit (340). Accordingly, the first target temperature may be similar to or identical to the first set temperature.
- sensor data e.g., high-temperature data, high-humidity data, etc.
- the control unit (350) can end the cooling cycle by stopping the operation of the compressor (2) based on the temperature of the first storage chamber (11) falling below the first target temperature.
- control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the temperature of the second storage chamber (12) being higher than the target temperature (hereinafter referred to as the “second target temperature”) of the second storage chamber (12).
- the control unit (350) may open or close the damper (61) depending on the temperature of the first storage chamber (11).
- control unit (350) can determine the second target temperature based on the set temperature of the second storage room (12) (hereinafter, “second set temperature”).
- control unit (350) may determine the second target temperature by correcting the second set temperature based on sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340). Accordingly, the second target temperature may be similar to or identical to the second set temperature.
- the control unit (350) can end the cooling cycle by stopping the operation of the compressor (2) based on the temperature of the second storage chamber (11) falling below the second target temperature.
- the cooling cycle may mean a period between the time when the operation of the compressor (2) starts and the time when the operation of the compressor (2) ends.
- the number of times the refrigerator (1) performs a cooling cycle may mean the number of times the operation of the compressor (2) is terminated after the operation of the compressor (2) is started.
- the driving conditions of the compressor (2) and the driving conditions of the thermoelectric element (530) may be independent of each other.
- Conventional refrigerators operate the compressor to perform the cooling cycle only when the storage compartment temperature rises above the target temperature. If the cooling cycle is only performed when the storage compartment temperature rises above the target temperature, the temperature in the storage compartment may deviate significantly from the target temperature if the storage compartment contains objects with a high thermal mass or the door is opened for a long time, which could lead to a rapid temperature rise.
- a refrigerator (1) can prevent a rapid temperature rise in the storage compartment (11) by driving a thermoelectric element (530) and, furthermore, optionally driving a compressor (2) when a rapid temperature rise in the storage compartment (11) is predicted using a temperature prediction model.
- the refrigerator (1) may include various configurations in addition to the configurations described above.
- the refrigerator (1) may include a user interface device (e.g., a display, an input device, a speaker, etc.) for receiving user input and providing various types of information to the user to interact with the user.
- a user interface device e.g., a display, an input device, a speaker, etc.
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a flowchart of a method for cooling a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- the control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the first cooling condition (1100).
- the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) may refer to the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) at the current point in time as measured by the internal sensor (341).
- the first cooling condition may also be referred to as a temperature condition, as it is a condition related to the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13).
- the first cooling condition may include that the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) exceeds the target temperature.
- the control unit (350) can determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) exceeding the target temperature.
- control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the first storage compartment (11) exceeding the first target temperature.
- the control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the second storage compartment (12) exceeding the second target temperature.
- the control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the third storage compartment (13) exceeding the third target temperature.
- the first cooling condition may further include a rapid cooling condition.
- the control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the rapid cooling condition (1110).
- Rapid cooling conditions may include that the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) exceeds the target temperature, and the difference between the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) and the target temperature is greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 3°C).
- a predetermined value e.g., 3°C
- the control unit (350) can perform only the cooling cycle (1130) based on whether the first cooling condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) is satisfied and the rapid cooling condition is not satisfied (yes of 1100, no of 1110).
- Performing only the cooling cycle may include driving only the compressor (2) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
- the control unit (350) can perform a cooling cycle and drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on whether the rapid cooling condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) is satisfied (example of 1110) (1120).
- Performing the cooling cycle and driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
- the control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the cooling end condition (1140).
- the cooling end condition may include the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) dropping to the target temperature.
- the control unit (350) can terminate cooling of the storage room (11, 12, 13) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) (example of 1140).
- Terminating cooling of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) may include stopping operation of the compressor (2) to terminate the cooling cycle, and optionally may include stopping operation of the thermoelectric element (530).
- the control unit (350) can terminate the operation of the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition during operation 1120.
- the control unit (350) can terminate the operation of the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition during operation 1130.
- the first cooling condition is a condition related to the current temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13). Accordingly, if the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) are controlled solely based on the first cooling condition, the storage chamber may be vulnerable to rapid temperature changes.
- the control unit (350) can determine whether the second cooling condition is satisfied (1200).
- the second cooling condition is different from the first cooling condition and may be referred to as a constant temperature condition in that it is a condition for minimizing temperature changes in the storage chamber (11, 12, 13).
- the second cooling condition may include a first condition for driving the thermoelectric element (530) and optionally a second condition for driving the compressor (2).
- the first condition and the second condition may be independent of each other.
- the first condition may be referred to as an operating condition (or control condition) of the thermoelectric element (530), and the second condition may be referred to as an operating condition (or control condition) of the compressor (2).
- Figure 9 illustrates an example of operating conditions of a thermoelectric element according to one embodiment.
- Each of the plurality of first conditions may include a priority and a control parameter.
- the control parameter may include an output voltage and/or an on/off duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530).
- the plurality of first conditions may each include a start condition and an end condition.
- the control unit (350) may control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the corresponding control parameter, and when the end condition is satisfied, the control of the thermoelectric element (530) may be stopped.
- controlling the thermoelectric element (530) may include not only driving the thermoelectric element (530) but also maintaining the thermoelectric element (530) in an off state.
- the first condition may include receiving a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) When the control unit (350) receives a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530), the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) with control parameters according to user settings. When the control unit (350) receives a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530), the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) with control parameters according to user settings until a user command to terminate the drive of the thermoelectric element (530) is received or a predetermined period of time has elapsed.
- the first condition may include condition M1.
- Condition M1 may be a condition related to a cooling mode, which will be described later.
- the starting condition of condition M1 may include that the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value of the storage chamber (11) after the cooling mode starts is greater than a predetermined value.
- the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the control parameter M2 based on the satisfaction of condition M1.
- the first condition may include a condition L1 having a higher priority than condition M1.
- thermoelectric element (530) when the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled based on the satisfaction of a first condition with a high priority, even if the first condition with a low priority is satisfied, the thermoelectric element (530) may not be controlled with a control parameter corresponding to the first condition with a low priority.
- the control unit (350) can maintain the control of the thermoelectric element (530) by the control parameter L2 without controlling the thermoelectric element (530) by the control parameter M2 even if the condition M1 with a lower priority is satisfied.
- Condition L1 may include initial installation conditions of the refrigerator (1) and various conditions related to sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340).
- the start condition of condition L1 may include that a certain amount of time has passed since the refrigerator (1) was turned on.
- the end condition of condition L1 may include that the temperature of the storage compartment (11) has fallen below a certain temperature. If the start condition of condition L1 includes that a certain amount of time has passed since the refrigerator (1) was turned on, the output voltage (or duty ratio) L2 may have a relatively large value other than 0.
- control unit (350) controls the thermoelectric element (530) with the control parameter L2 based on the satisfaction of condition L1
- the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the control parameter L2 even if condition M1, which has a lower priority than condition L1, is satisfied.
- condition L1 may include various conditions under which the thermoelectric element (530) does not operate efficiently.
- the output voltage (or duty ratio) L2 for condition L1 may be set to 0.
- control unit (350) may not operate the thermoelectric element (530) even if condition M1, which has a lower priority than condition L1, is satisfied.
- the starting conditions for the condition in which the efficiency is not achieved even if the thermoelectric element (530) operates may include, for example, that a certain period of time has not passed immediately after the power of the refrigerator (1) has been turned on, that a temperature lower than a predetermined temperature has been detected by the second defrost sensor (112) for a certain period of time, that a failure of the cooling cycle device (450) has been detected, that the opening of the first door (21) or the second door (22) has been continuously detected for a certain period of time (e.g., 5 minutes), and/or that the external temperature is higher than a certain temperature (e.g., 39°C).
- a certain period of time has not passed immediately after the power of the refrigerator (1) has been turned on
- a temperature lower than a predetermined temperature has been detected by the second defrost sensor (112) for a certain period of time
- a failure of the cooling cycle device (450) has been detected
- the opening of the first door (21) or the second door (22) has been continuously detected for
- Termination conditions under which the thermoelectric element (530) does not operate efficiently may include, for example, a certain period of time elapsed immediately after the refrigerator (1) is turned on, a temperature higher than a predetermined temperature is detected by the second defrost sensor (112), a failure of the cooling cycle device (450) is not detected, the closure of the first door (21) or the second door (22) is detected, and/or the external temperature becomes lower than a predetermined temperature (e.g., 39°C).
- a predetermined temperature e.g. 39°C
- Condition L1 may include various conditions in addition to the conditions described above.
- the first condition may include a condition N1 having a lower priority than condition M1.
- condition N1 may include conditions regarding external temperature and humidity.
- condition N1 may include that the outdoor temperature is in a first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity, that the outdoor temperature is in a second range lower than the first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity, and/or that the outdoor temperature is in a third range lower than the first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity.
- the output voltage or duty ratio of the control parameter N2 corresponding to the condition that the outdoor temperature is in the first range and the outdoor humidity is equal to or greater than a predetermined humidity may be greater than the output voltage or duty ratio of the control parameter N2 corresponding to the condition that the outdoor temperature is in the second range and the outdoor humidity is equal to or greater than a predetermined humidity.
- the second condition may be related to a predicted temperature value of the second storage compartment (12) and optionally may be related to a predicted temperature value of the first storage compartment (11).
- the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) in response to the satisfaction of the start condition of the second condition, and can stop the drive of the compressor (2) in response to the satisfaction of the end condition of the second condition.
- the control unit (350) can perform a hybrid cooling operation based on the satisfaction of the second cooling condition (1210).
- the hybrid cooling operation may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of a start condition of a first condition, driving the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of a start condition of a second condition, and driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of both the start conditions of the first condition and the second condition.
- the control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the start condition of the first condition.
- the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the start condition of the second condition.
- the control unit (350) can terminate the hybrid cooling operation (1230) based on the satisfaction of the second cooling termination condition (example of 1220).
- the second cooling termination condition may correspond to the termination condition of the first condition and/or the termination condition of the second condition.
- the control unit (350) can stop the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the termination condition of the first condition.
- the control unit (350) can stop the operation of the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the termination condition of the second condition.
- a refrigerator (1) and a control method of the refrigerator (1) that perform a hybrid cooling operation depending on whether a constant temperature condition is satisfied as well as a temperature condition are provided.
- Fig. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for controlling a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
- control unit (350) can determine whether a predetermined condition related to opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) is satisfied (2100).
- the predetermined conditions related to the opening of the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include predetermined conditions related to the opening of the first door (21) and/or the second door (22) for opening and closing the first storage room (11).
- Certain conditions related to the opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) may include certain events in which a rapid temperature change of the first storage room (11) is predicted.
- a predetermined condition associated with the opening of a door (21, 22) may include that the time for which the door (21, 22) is continuously open exceeds a first predetermined time (e.g., approximately 10 seconds).
- the control unit (350) may determine that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied when a first predetermined time elapses without the door (21, 22) being closed after the door sensor (343) detects the opening of the door (21, 22).
- a predetermined condition associated with the opening of a door (21, 22) may include that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22) has been open exceeds a second predetermined time (e.g., approximately 1 minute).
- the control unit (350) accumulates and counts the time from the time when the opening of the door (21, 22) is detected by the door sensor (343) to the time when the closing of the door (21, 22) is detected, and if the counted time (cumulative time when the door (21, 22) is opened) exceeds a second predetermined time (e.g., approximately 1 minute), it can be determined that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied.
- a second predetermined time e.g., approximately 1 minute
- a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) may include that the heat capacity of an object stored in the storage room (11) after the door (21, 22) is opened is greater than a predetermined size.
- the control unit (350) turns on a camera (e.g., an infrared camera) that photographs the interior of the storage room (11), and, based on an image obtained from the camera that photographs the interior of the storage room (11), identifies the heat capacity of an object stored in the storage room (11) after the door (21, 22) is opened, and if the heat capacity of the identified object is greater than a predetermined size, determines that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied.
- a camera e.g., an infrared camera
- the control unit (350) can start the cooling mode (2200) based on the satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) (e.g., 2100).
- the cooling mode corresponds to a mode for obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) and determining whether to drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11).
- the cooling mode may be terminated without driving the thermoelectric element (530), and if it is determined that the operation of the thermal residual element is necessary, the cooling mode may be terminated as the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) is stopped after the operation of the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) can initialize values related to predetermined conditions related to opening of the door.
- a predetermined condition related to the door opening time may include that the cumulative time that the door has been opened exceeds a predetermined time, and the control unit (350) may initialize the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting the sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model (2300).
- control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data into the temperature prediction model in various ways.
- control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data into the temperature prediction model at preset intervals (e.g., every 5 minutes).
- control unit (350) can change the preset cycle.
- control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the temperature of the storage room (11).
- the control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the change value of the temperature of the storage room (11) per unit time.
- the control unit (350) can linearly or nonlinearly shorten the preset cycle as the change value of the temperature of the storage room (11) per unit time increases.
- a refrigerator (1) that can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) at relatively short intervals when the temperature change of the storage room (11) is large, thereby obtaining a more accurate predicted temperature value.
- control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
- the control unit (350) can linearly or nonlinearly shorten the preset cycle as the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value increases.
- a refrigerator (1) that can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) at relatively short intervals when the temperature change of the storage room (11) is expected to be large, thereby obtaining a more accurate predicted temperature value.
- the control unit (350) can compare the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) with the target temperature value of the storage room (11) (2400).
- control unit (350) can determine whether the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) is greater than the target temperature value of the storage room (11) by a predetermined value. That is, the control unit (350) can determine whether the difference between the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) and the target temperature value of the storage room (11) is greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 10°C).
- a predetermined value e.g. 10°C
- the difference between the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) and the target temperature value of the storage room (11) is referred to as a ‘difference value.’
- control unit (350) can determine the target temperature based on the set temperature of the storage room (11) and the external sensor data collected by the external sensor (342). For example, the control unit (350) can determine the target temperature to be lower than the set temperature of the storage room (11) when the external temperature and/or humidity is high.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example in which a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode but the thermoelectric element (530) is not driven.
- control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on maintaining the difference value to be less than a predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times (e.g., 2 times) from the time t0 when the cooling mode starts (No of 2400, Yes of 2450).
- T1 a predetermined value
- control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being less than or equal to a predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times (2700).
- the reason the control unit (350) terminates the cooling mode is that if the difference value remains smaller than a predetermined value even though the cooling cycle has been performed a preset number of times, it means that there is no longer room for the temperature of the storage room (11) to rise due to an event related to the opening of the door (21, 22).
- the control unit (350) can count the number of times the cooling cycle is performed, including the cooling cycle currently being performed, when the cooling cycle is being performed.
- the control unit (350) can count the number of times a cooling cycle is to be performed in the future when the cooling cycle is not being performed.
- control unit (350) can count the number of times the cooling cycle is performed based on the change from the compressor (2) being operated to the stopped state.
- the control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode at a point in time (t2) when the number of times the cooling cycle is performed exceeds a preset number while maintaining the difference value to be less than or equal to a predetermined value.
- control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the elapsed time of a reference time while maintaining the difference value to be less than or equal to a predetermined value.
- control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value remaining below a predetermined value and the slope of the difference value changing from a positive value to a negative value.
- the predicted temperature of the storage compartment (11) may not rise significantly. However, even if the cooling mode is started while the cooling cycle is being performed by the compressor (2), if the opening time of the door (21, 22) is significant or if an object with a significant heat capacity is stored inside the storage compartment (11), the predicted temperature of the storage compartment (11) may rise significantly.
- the control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being greater than a predetermined value (example of 2400) while operating in cooling mode (2500).
- a condition in which the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode may correspond to condition M1 described in Fig. 9.
- the control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) with a first control parameter (M1) when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode.
- the first control parameter may include a lookup table in which the difference value and the on/off duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) are matched.
- the control unit (350) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value. For example, the control unit (350) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) to be greater as the difference value increases when the difference value is greater than the predetermined value.
- control unit (350) may maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to the second control parameter, even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode.
- control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode may include the control condition L1 having a higher priority than the control condition M1 corresponding to the cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on control parameter L2.
- control unit (350) may not drive the thermoelectric element (530) if the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off according to condition L1 even if the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode.
- control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) at the first duty ratio when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode, but may maintain driving the thermoelectric element (530) at the second duty ratio when the thermoelectric element (530) is being driven at the second duty ratio according to condition L1 even when the difference value is greater than the predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode, regardless of whether the compressor (2) is operating (whether the cooling cycle is in progress).
- control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) while the cooling cycle is in progress, drive the thermoelectric element (530) while the cooling cycle is not in progress, or start the cooling cycle while driving the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value falling below a reference value (example of 2600) after driving the thermoelectric element (530) (2700).
- a reference value may be less than a predetermined value and greater than a target temperature value.
- FIG. 12 illustrates an example in which a compressor and a thermoelectric element are driven together when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied while the cooling cycle is not in progress.
- a cooling cycle may be initiated, and the difference value at a time point t1 before or after the cooling cycle is initiated may exceed a predetermined value (T1).
- thermoelectric element (530) can be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1), and if the thermoelectric element (530) is driven while the cooling cycle is being performed, the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven together, and if the thermoelectric element (530) is driven while the cooling cycle is not being performed, only the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven.
- T1 a predetermined value
- control unit (350) can start a cooling cycle based on the satisfaction of the cooling condition, and can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding a predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby allowing the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to be driven together.
- control unit (350) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) at a time point t2 when the difference value falls below the reference value (T2).
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example in which, when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode, only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element is driven.
- control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied while the cooling cycle is in progress.
- the difference value at time t1 may exceed a predetermined value (T1) even though the cooling cycle is in progress.
- thermoelectric element (530) can be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1).
- thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven.
- control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) at a time point t2 when the difference value falls below the reference value (T2).
- the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) can be maintained with minimal energy consumption by managing the future temperature of the storage room (11) through driving the thermoelectric element (530) and managing the current temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) through driving the compressor (2).
- the temperature of the storage room (11) may not be maintained by driving only the thermoelectric element (530).
- control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) when the difference value exceeds the maximum set value while operating in cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can determine whether to drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value.
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example in which a compressor is driven while a thermoelectric element is driven when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
- control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied after the cooling cycle is completed.
- the predicted temperature value is likely to rise sharply.
- the predicted temperature value may rise sharply, and the difference value at time t1 may exceed a predetermined value (T1).
- thermoelectric element (530) may be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1), but the difference value may rise steeply and exceed the maximum set value (T3).
- the compressor (2) can be operated at a point ta when the difference value reaches the maximum set value (T3).
- the compressor (2) can be stopped at a point tb when the difference value falls to a preset value that is less than the maximum set value (T3) and greater than the predetermined value (T1).
- thermoelectric element (530) can be stopped at a point t2 when the difference value drops to the reference value (T2).
- the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value reaching the maximum set value (T3).
- the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value reaching the maximum set value (T3) regardless of whether the cooling condition is satisfied.
- the control unit (350) can stop the operation of the compressor (2) based on the difference value after the operation of the compressor (2) falling below a preset value.
- the preset value can be preset to a value between the maximum set value (T3) and a predetermined value (T1).
- the control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value falling below the reference value (T2) after the compressor (2) stops.
- thermoelectric element (530) when the predicted temperature of the storage room (11) rises sharply, it is possible to preemptively respond to a rapid temperature change in the storage room (11) by pre-cooling the storage room (11) using not only the thermoelectric element (530) but also the compressor (2).
- a refrigerator (1) comprises: a main body (100) forming a storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a door (21, 22, 23, 24) for opening and closing the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a cooling cycle device (450) including a compressor (2) and an evaporator (3) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a thermoelectric element (530) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); at least one sensor (340) for collecting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1); And at least one processor (351, 361) for driving the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the satisfaction of a cooling condition, and starting a cooling mode based on the satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door (21, 22, 23, 24); and, based on the start of the cooling mode, the at least one processor (351, 361) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) by inputting the sensor data into a temperature prediction model, and can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value falls below the reference value (T2) after driving the thermoelectric element (530).
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can determine the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) together.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while not performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the first control parameter when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1).
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to the second control parameter, even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1) while operating in the cooling mode.
- the above at least one processor (351, 361) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11, 12, 13) at preset intervals.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can change the preset cycle based on the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13).
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can change the preset cycle based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may include a first processor (351) that controls the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530); and a second processor (361) that obtains a predicted temperature value of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) using the temperature prediction model.
- the first processor (351) may, in response to the cooling mode being started, instruct the second processor (361) to perform the temperature prediction model, and the second processor (361) may, in response to receiving the instruction from the first processor (351), obtain the predicted temperature value and transmit the predicted temperature value to the first processor (351).
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) can determine whether to drive the compressor (2) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
- the above-mentioned predetermined condition may include that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22, 23, 24) has been open exceeds a predetermined time.
- the at least one processor (351, 361) may initialize the accumulated time based on starting the cooling mode.
- a control method of a refrigerator (1) may include: driving a compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition; starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of a door (21, 22, 23, 24) for opening and closing a storage compartment (11, 12, 13); obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) by inputting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) into a temperature prediction model based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving a thermoelectric element (530) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) based on a difference between the predicted temperature value and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value (T1).
- the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include terminating the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value falls below the reference value (T2) after operating the thermoelectric element (530).
- the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include terminating the cooling mode based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
- Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) together.
- Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
- Driving the thermoelectric element (530) includes driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on a first control parameter, and the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include maintaining control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to a second control parameter even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1) during operation in the cooling mode.
- the above predetermined condition includes that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22, 23, 24) has been opened exceeds a predetermined time, and the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include initializing the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
- the disclosed embodiments may be implemented in the form of a recording medium storing computer-executable instructions.
- the instructions may be stored in the form of program code, and when executed by a processor, may generate program modules to perform the operations of the disclosed embodiments.
- the recording medium may be implemented as a computer-readable recording medium.
- Computer-readable storage media include all types of storage media that store instructions that can be deciphered by a computer. Examples include read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic tape, magnetic disks, flash memory, and optical data storage devices.
- ROM read-only memory
- RAM random access memory
- magnetic tape magnetic tape
- magnetic disks magnetic disks
- flash memory optical data storage devices
- a computer-readable recording medium may be provided in the form of a non-transitory storage medium.
- non-transitory storage medium simply means a tangible device that does not contain signals (e.g., electromagnetic waves). This term does not distinguish between cases where data is permanently stored in the storage medium and cases where data is temporarily stored.
- a “non-transitory storage medium” may include a buffer in which data is temporarily stored.
- the method according to various embodiments disclosed in the present document may be provided as included in a computer program product.
- the computer program product may be traded as a product between a seller and a buyer.
- the computer program product may be distributed in the form of a machine-readable recording medium (e.g., compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)), or may be distributed online (e.g., downloaded or uploaded) via an application store (e.g., Play StoreTM) or directly between two user devices (e.g., smartphones).
- a machine-readable recording medium e.g., compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)
- CD-ROM compact disc read only memory
- an application store e.g., Play StoreTM
- smartphones directly between two user devices
- At least a portion of the computer program product may be temporarily stored or temporarily generated on a machine-readable recording medium, such as the memory of a manufacturer's server, an application store's server, or an intermediary server.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Thermal Sciences (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Devices That Are Associated With Refrigeration Equipment (AREA)
Abstract
Description
본 개시는 저장실을 냉각하기 위한 열전 소자와 냉각 사이클 장치를 갖는 냉장고 및 냉장고의 제어방법에 관한 것이다.The present disclosure relates to a refrigerator having a thermoelectric element for cooling a storage room and a cooling cycle device, and a method for controlling the refrigerator.
냉장고는 저장실을 갖는 본체와, 상기 저장실에 냉기를 공급하도록 마련되는 냉기 공급 장치를 구비하여 신선하게 보관하는 가전 기기이다.A refrigerator is a home appliance that has a main body with a storage compartment and a cold air supply device that supplies cold air to the storage compartment to keep food fresh.
냉장고의 냉기 공급 장치로서 펠티어 효과를 통해 발열 및 냉각 작용을 일으키는 열전 냉각 장치가 이용될 수 있다. 열전 냉각 장치는 열전 소자를 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자는 일 측에 형성된 발열부와 반대 측에 형성된 냉각부를 갖고, 열전 소자에 전류가 가해지면 발열부에서 발열 작용이 발생하고 냉각부에서 흡열 작용이 발생할 수 있다.A thermoelectric cooling device that generates heat and cooling through the Peltier effect can be used as a cooling device for a refrigerator. The thermoelectric cooling device may include a thermoelectric element. The thermoelectric element has a heating element formed on one side and a cooling element formed on the opposite side. When current is applied to the thermoelectric element, heat generation occurs in the heating element and heat absorption occurs in the cooling element.
열전 냉각 장치는 열전 냉각 장치를 통한 저장실 냉각의 효율을 증대시키기 위해 방열 싱크, 냉각 싱크, 방열팬, 냉각팬, 방열 덕트 및 냉각 덕트 등을 구비할 수 있다.The thermoelectric cooling device may be equipped with a heat sink, a cooling sink, a heat sink fan, a cooling fan, a heat duct, and a cooling duct to increase the efficiency of cooling the storage room through the thermoelectric cooling device.
본 개시는 경제적으로 에너지를 소비하며 정온 성능이 향상된 냉장고 및 냉장고의 제어방법을 제공한다.The present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a method for controlling the refrigerator that consumes energy economically and has improved temperature control performance.
본 개시는 도어의 개폐에 따른 온도 변화를 최소화할 수 있는 냉장고 및 냉장고의 제어방법을 제공한다.The present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a control method for the refrigerator that can minimize temperature changes due to opening and closing of a door.
본 개시는 열용량이 큰 물체에 따른 온도 변화를 최소화할 수 있는 냉장고 및 냉장고의 제어방법을 제공한다.The present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a method for controlling the refrigerator capable of minimizing temperature changes due to objects with large heat capacity.
본 개시는 저장실의 현재 온도 뿐만 아니라 예측 온도를 이용하여 정온 성능을 향상시키는 냉장고 및 냉장고의 제어방법을 제공한다.The present disclosure provides a refrigerator and a control method of the refrigerator that improves the temperature control performance by using not only the current temperature of the storage room but also the predicted temperature.
본 문서에서 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제는 이상에서 언급한 기술적 과제로 제한되지 않으며, 언급되지 않은 또 다른 기술적 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The technical problems to be achieved in this document are not limited to the technical problems mentioned above, and other technical problems not mentioned can be clearly understood by a person having ordinary skill in the technical field to which the present invention belongs from the description below.
본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고는, 저장실을 형성하는 본체; 상기 저장실을 개폐하는 도어; 압축기와 증발기를 포함하고, 상기 저장실을 냉각하는 냉각 사이클 장치; 상기 저장실을 냉각하는 열전 소자; 상기 냉장고와 관련된 센서 데이터를 생성하는 적어도 하나의 센서; 및 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하도록 상기 압축기를 구동하고, 상기 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 쿨링 모드를 시작하고, 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 기초하여, 상기 적어도 하나의 센서에 의해 생성된 상기 센서 데이터에 기초하여 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동하는 적어도 하나의 프로세서;를 포함한다.According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, a refrigerator comprises: a main body forming a storage compartment; a door for opening and closing the storage compartment; a cooling cycle device including a compressor and an evaporator and cooling the storage compartment; a thermoelectric element for cooling the storage compartment; at least one sensor for generating sensor data related to the refrigerator; and at least one processor for driving the compressor to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition, starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of the door, obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from a temperature prediction model based on the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동한 후에 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 기준값 이하로 떨어지면 상기 열전 소자의 구동을 정지함으로써 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료한다.The at least one processor ends the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value falls below a reference value after driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage room.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행될 때까지 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값 이하인 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자의 구동 없이 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료한다.The at least one processor terminates the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 설정 온도와 상기 적어도 하나의 센서에 의해 생성된 상기 센서 데이터에 기초하여 상기 목표 온도 값을 결정한다.The at least one processor determines the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하는 중에 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기와 상기 열전 소자가 함께 구동되도록 한다.The at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor and the thermoelectric element together.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하지 않는 상태에서 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기와 상기 열전 소자 중 상기 열전 소자만이 구동되도록 한다.The at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값보다 큰 경우 제1 제어 파라미터에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동하고, 상기 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값보다 크더라도, 상기 쿨링 모드보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건이 만족되어 제2 제어 파라미터에 따라 상기 열전 소자를 구동하고 있다면 상기 제2 제어 파라미터에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동한다.The at least one processor drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a first control parameter when a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value, and drives the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on a second control parameter when a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element is driven according to a second control parameter even when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value during operation in the cooling mode.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 미리 설정된 주기마다 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 저장실의 온도에 기초하여 상기 미리 설정된 주기를 변경한다.The at least one processor obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage room from the temperature prediction model at each preset period, and changes the preset period based on the temperature of the storage room.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 미리 설정된 주기마다 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 미리 설정된 주기를 변경한다.The at least one processor obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage room from the temperature prediction model at each preset period, and changes the preset period based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 냉각 사이클 장치와 상기 열전 소자를 제어하는 제1 프로세서; 및 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 예측 온도 값을 획득하는 제2 프로세서;를 포함하고, 상기 제1 프로세서는, 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 응답하여 상기 제2 프로세서에게 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하도록 하는 지시를 전달하고, 상기 제2 프로세서는, 상기 제1 프로세서의 상기 지시를 수신한 것에 응답하여 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값을 상기 제1 프로세서에게 전달한다.The at least one processor includes a first processor that controls the cooling cycle device and the thermoelectric element; and a second processor that obtains a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from the temperature prediction model; wherein the first processor, in response to the cooling mode being started, transmits an instruction to the second processor to obtain the predicted temperature value from the temperature prediction model, and the second processor, in response to receiving the instruction from the first processor, obtains the predicted temperature value from the temperature prediction model and transmits the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model to the first processor.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자의 듀티비를 제어한다.The at least one processor controls the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 압축기의 구동 여부를 결정한다.The at least one processor determines whether to drive the compressor based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
상기 소정의 조건은, 상기 도어가 개방된 누적 시간이 소정의 시간을 초과한 것을 포함하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서는, 상기 쿨링 모드를 시작한 것에 기초하여 상기 누적 시간을 초기화한다.The above predetermined condition includes that the cumulative time that the door has been open exceeds a predetermined time, and the at least one processor initializes the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 제어방법은, 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하도록 압축기를 구동하고; 저장실을 개폐하는 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 쿨링 모드를 시작하고; 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 기초하여, 냉장고와 관련된 센서 데이터에 기초하여 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하는 열전 소자를 구동하는 것;을 포함한다.A method for controlling a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure includes: driving a compressor to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition; starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of a door for opening and closing a storage compartment; obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from a temperature prediction model based on sensor data related to the refrigerator based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving a thermoelectric element for cooling the storage compartment based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value.
상기 냉장고의 제어방법은, 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동한 후에 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 기준값 이하로 떨어지면 상기 열전 소자의 구동을 정지함으로써 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료하는 것;을 더 포함한다.The control method of the refrigerator further includes: terminating the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element when the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value falls below a reference value after driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment;
상기 냉장고의 제어방법은, 상기 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행될 때까지 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값 이하인 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자의 구동 없이 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료하는 것;을 더 포함한다.The control method of the refrigerator further includes terminating the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element based on a difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
상기 냉장고의 제어방법은, 설정 온도와 상기 적어도 하나의 센서에 의해 생성된 상기 센서 데이터에 기초하여 상기 목표 온도 값을 결정하는 것;을 더 포함한다.The control method of the refrigerator further includes determining the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data generated by the at least one sensor.
상기 열전 소자를 구동하는 것은, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하는 중에 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기와 상기 열전 소자가 함께 구동되도록 하는 것;을 포함한다.Driving the thermoelectric element includes driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage compartment based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor and the thermoelectric element together.
상기 열전 소자를 구동하는 것은, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하지 않는 상태에서 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실을 냉각하도록 상기 열전 소자를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기와 상기 열전 소자 중 상기 열전 소자만이 구동되도록 하는 것;을 포함한다.Driving the thermoelectric element includes driving the thermoelectric element to cool the storage chamber based on the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element.
상기 냉장고의 제어방법은, 미리 설정된 주기마다 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 상기 저장실의 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 저장실의 온도 또는 상기 온도 예측 모델로부터 획득된 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이 중 적어도 하나에 기초하여 상기 미리 설정된 주기를 변경한다.The control method of the refrigerator obtains the predicted temperature value of the storage compartment from the temperature prediction model at each preset cycle, and changes the preset cycle based on at least one of the temperature of the storage compartment or the difference between the predicted temperature value obtained from the temperature prediction model and the target temperature value.
도 1은 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고를 도시한 도면이다. FIG. 1 is a drawing illustrating a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 2는 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 도어들이 개방된 상태를 도시한 도면이다. FIG. 2 is a drawing showing the doors of a refrigerator in an open state according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 3은 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 저장실의 상부를 아래에서 바라본 도면이다. FIG. 3 is a drawing of the upper part of a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, viewed from below.
도 4는 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 개략적인 측단면도이다. FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional side view of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 5는 도 2의 I-I선에 따른 단면도이다.Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line I-I of Figure 2.
도 6은 일 실시예에 따른 열전 냉각 장치를 분해하여 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 6 is an exploded view of a thermoelectric cooling device according to one embodiment.
도 7은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 구성의 일 예를 도시한 블록도이다.FIG. 7 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 8은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 저장실을 냉각하기 위한 방법의 순서도의 일 예를 도시한다.FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a flowchart of a method for cooling a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 9는 일 실시예에 따른 열전 소자의 동작 조건의 예를 도시한다.Figure 9 illustrates an example of operating conditions of a thermoelectric element according to one embodiment.
도 10은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 제어방법의 일 예를 도시한 순서도이다.Fig. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for controlling a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 11은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작하였지만 열전 소자가 구동되지 않는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 11 illustrates an example in which a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts cooling mode but the thermoelectric element is not driven.
도 12는 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우 압축기와 열전 소자가 함께 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 12 illustrates an example in which a compressor and a thermoelectric element are driven together when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
도 13은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우 압축기와 열전 소자 중에서 열전 소자만이 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 13 illustrates an example in which, when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode, only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element is driven.
도 14는 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우, 열전 소자의 구동 중 압축기가 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 14 illustrates an example in which a compressor is driven while a thermoelectric element is driven when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
본 명세서에 기재된 실시예와 도면에 도시된 구성은 개시된 발명의 바람직한 일 예에 불과할 뿐이며, 본 출원의 출원시점에 있어서 본 명세서의 실시예와 도면을 대체할 수 있는 다양한 변형 예들이 있을 수 있다.The embodiments described in this specification and the configurations illustrated in the drawings are merely preferred examples of the disclosed invention, and there may be various modified examples that can replace the embodiments and drawings of this specification at the time of filing of this application.
본 명세서에서 사용한 용어는 실시예를 설명하기 위해 사용된 것으로, 개시된 발명을 제한 및/또는 한정하려는 의도가 아니다. The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing embodiments only and is not intended to limit and/or restrict the disclosed invention.
예를 들어, 본 명세서에서 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한, 복수의 표현을 포함할 수 있다.For example, in this specification, a singular expression may include a plural expression unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
또한, "포함하다" 또는 "가지다" 등의 용어는 명세서상에 기재된 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품 또는 이들의 조합이 존재함을 표현하고자 하는 것이며, 하나 또는 그 이상의 다른 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품 또는 이들의 조합의 추가적인 존재 또는 부가 가능성을 배제하지 않는다.Additionally, terms such as “include” or “have” are intended to express the presence of a feature, number, step, operation, component, part or combination thereof described in the specification, but do not exclude the possibility of the additional presence or addition of one or more other features, numbers, steps, operations, components, parts or combinations thereof.
어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소와 "연결", "결합", "지지" 또는 "접촉"되어 있다고 할 때, 이는 구성요소들이 직접적으로 연결, 결합, 지지 또는 접촉되는 경우뿐 아니라, 제3 구성요소를 통하여 간접적으로 연결, 결합, 지지 또는 접촉되는 경우를 포함한다.When a component is said to be “connected,” “coupled,” “supported,” or “in contact with” another component, this includes not only cases where the components are directly connected, coupled, supported, or in contact, but also cases where the components are indirectly connected, coupled, supported, or in contact through a third component.
어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소 "상에" 위치하고 있다고 할 때, 이는 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 접해 있는 경우뿐 아니라 두 구성요소 사이에 또 다른 구성요소가 존재하는 경우도 포함한다.When we say that a component is "on" another component, this includes not only cases where the component is in contact with the other component, but also cases where there is another component between the two components.
한편, 하기의 설명에서 사용된 용어 "전", "후", "좌", "우", "상", "하" 등은 도면을 기준으로 정의한 것이며, 다만, 상기 용어에 의하여 각 구성요소의 형상 및 위치가 제한되는 것은 아니다. 예를 들어, 전측을 +X 측으로 정의하고, 후측을 -X 측으로 정의할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도면을 기준으로, 우측을 +Y 측으로 정의하고, 좌측을 -Y 측으로 정의할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도면을 기준으로, 상측을 +Z 측으로 정의하고, 하측을 -Z 측으로 정의할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the terms "front", "back", "left", "right", "upper", "lower", etc. used in the following description are defined based on the drawing, but the shape and position of each component are not limited by the above terms. For example, the front side may be defined as the +X side, and the rear side may be defined as the -X side. For example, based on the drawing, the right side may be defined as the +Y side, and the left side may be defined as the -Y side. For example, based on the drawing, the upper side may be defined as the +Z side, and the lower side may be defined as the -Z side.
또한, "제1", "제2" 등과 같이 서수를 포함하는 용어는 하나의 구성요소를 다른 구성요소로부터 구별하기 위하여 사용되며, 하나의 구성요소들을 한정하지 않는다.Additionally, terms that include ordinal numbers, such as “first,” “second,” etc., are used to distinguish one component from another, and do not limit one component.
또한, "~부", "~기", "~블록", "~부재", "~모듈" 등의 용어는 적어도 하나의 기능이나 동작을 처리하는 단위를 의미할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 용어들은 FPGA (field-programmable gate array)/ ASIC (application specific integrated circuit) 등 적어도 하나의 하드웨어, 메모리에 저장된 적어도 하나의 소프트웨어 또는 프로세서에 의하여 처리되는 적어도 하나의 프로세스를 의미할 수 있다.Additionally, terms such as "~part", "~device", "~block", "~absence", and "~module" may refer to a unit that processes at least one function or operation. For example, the terms may refer to at least one piece of hardware such as an FPGA (field-programmable gate array)/ASIC (application specific integrated circuit), at least one piece of software stored in memory, or at least one process processed by a processor.
이하에서는 첨부한 도면을 참조하여 개시된 발명의 일 실시예가 상세하게 설명된다. 첨부된 도면에서 제시된 동일한 참조번호 또는 부호는 실질적으로 동일한 기능을 수행하는 부품 또는 구성요소를 나타낼 수 있다.Hereinafter, an embodiment of the disclosed invention will be described in detail with reference to the attached drawings. The same reference numbers or symbols used in the attached drawings may represent parts or components that perform substantially the same functions.
일 실시 예에 따른 냉장고는 본체를 포함할 수 있다. A refrigerator according to one embodiment may include a body.
본체는 단열재를 포함할 수 있다. 단열재는 저장실 내부의 온도가 저장실 외부 환경에 의해 영향을 받지 않고 설정된 적정 온도로 유지될 수 있도록 저장실 내부와 저장실 외부를 단열할 수 있다. 일 실시예에 따르면 단열재는 폴리 우레탄 폼과 같은 발포 단열재를 포함할 수 있다. 일 실시예에 따르면 단열재는 발포 단열재 이외에 추가로 진공 단열재를 포함하거나, 단열재는 발포 단열재 대신 진공 단열재만으로 구성될 수도 있다. The body may include insulation. The insulation may insulate the interior and exterior of the storage compartment so that the temperature inside the storage compartment can be maintained at a set temperature without being affected by the external environment of the storage compartment. In one embodiment, the insulation may include a foam insulation, such as polyurethane foam. In another embodiment, the insulation may additionally include a vacuum insulation in addition to the foam insulation, or the insulation may consist solely of the vacuum insulation instead of the foam insulation.
저장실에는 식품, 약품, 화장품 등 다양한 물품이 저장될 수 있으며, 저장실은 물품을 출납하기 위해 적어도 일측이 개방되도록 형성될 수 있다. A storage room can store various items such as food, medicine, and cosmetics, and the storage room can be formed so that at least one side is open for taking items in and out.
냉장고는 한 개 또는 그 이상의 저장실을 포함할 수 있다. 냉장고에 2 개 이상의 저장실이 형성될 때 각각의 저장실은 서로 다른 용도를 가질 수 있으며 서로 다른 온도로 유지될 수 있다. 이를 위해 각각의 저장실은 단열재를 포함하는 격벽에 의해 서로 구획될 수 있다. A refrigerator may include one or more storage compartments. When a refrigerator includes two or more storage compartments, each compartment may have a different purpose and be maintained at different temperatures. To achieve this, each storage compartment may be separated from the others by a partition wall containing insulation.
저장실은 용도에 따라 적정한 온도 범위에서 유지되도록 마련될 수 있으며, 그 용도 및/또는 온도 범위에 따라 구분되는"냉장실", "냉동실"또는 "변온실"을 포함할 수 있다. 냉장실은 물품을 냉장 보관하기에 적정한 온도로 유지될 수 있고, 냉동실은 물품을 냉동 보관하기에 적정한 온도로 유지될 수 있다. "냉장"은 물품을 얼지 않는 한도에서 차갑게 냉각하는 것을 의미할 수 있으며, 일례로 냉장실은 섭씨 0도에서 섭씨 영상 7도 범위에서 유지될 수 있다. "냉동”은 물품을 얼리거나 언 상태로 유지되도록 냉각하는 것을 의미할 수 있으며, 일례로 냉동실은 섭씨 영하 20도 내지 섭씨 영하 1도 범위에서 유지될 수 있다. 변온실은 사용자의 선택 또는 이와 무관하게 냉장실 또는 냉동실 중 어느 하나로 사용될 수 있다. The storage room may be provided to be maintained at an appropriate temperature range depending on the intended use, and may include a "refrigerator," a "freezer," or a "variable temperature room," which are distinguished according to the intended use and/or temperature range. The refrigerator room may be maintained at a temperature appropriate for refrigerating items, and the freezer room may be maintained at a temperature appropriate for freezing items. "Refrigeration" may mean cooling items to a temperature that does not freeze them, and for example, a refrigerator room may be maintained at a temperature ranging from 0 degrees Celsius to +7 degrees Celsius. "Freezing" may mean cooling items to freeze them or keep them in a frozen state, and for example, a freezer room may be maintained at a temperature ranging from -20 degrees Celsius to -1 degree Celsius. The variable temperature room may be used as either a refrigerator room or a freezer room, at the user's option or not.
저장실은 "냉장실", "냉동실" 및 "변온실" 등의 명칭 이외에도 "야채실", "신선실", "쿨링실" 및 "제빙실" 등 다양한 명칭으로 불릴 수 있으며, 이하에서 사용되는 "냉장실", "냉동실" 및 "변온실" 등의 용어는 각각 대응되는 용도 및 온도 범위를 갖는 저장실을 포괄하는 의미로 이해되어야 할 것이다.In addition to names such as "refrigerator," "freezer," and "variable temperature room," a storage room may also be called by various other names such as "vegetable room," "fresh room," "cooling room," and "ice room." The terms "refrigerator," "freezer," and "variable temperature room" used hereinafter should be understood to encompass storage rooms having corresponding uses and temperature ranges.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 저장실의 개방된 일측을 개폐하도록 구성되는 적어도 하나의 도어를 포함할 수 있다. 도어는 한 개 또는 그 이상의 저장실 각각을 개폐하도록 구비되거나, 도어 하나가 복수의 저장실을 개폐하도록 구비될 수 있다. 도어는 본체의 전면에 회전 또는 슬라이딩 가능하게 설치될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the refrigerator may include at least one door configured to open and close an open side of a storage compartment. The door may be configured to open and close one or more storage compartments, or a single door may be configured to open and close multiple storage compartments. The door may be installed on the front of the main body in a pivotal or sliding manner.
도어는 도어가 닫힐 시에 저장실을 밀폐하도록 구성될 수 있다. 도어는 도어가 닫힐 시에 저장실을 단열하도록 본체와 마찬가지로 단열재를 포함할 수 있다.The door may be configured to seal the storage compartment when the door is closed. The door may include insulation, similar to the body, to insulate the storage compartment when the door is closed.
일 실시예에 따르면 도어는 도어의 전면을 형성하는 도어 외판과, 도어의 후면을 형성하고 저장실을 마주보는 도어 내판과, 상부 캡과, 하부 캡 및 이들의 내부에 마련되는 도어 단열재를 포함할 수 있다.According to one embodiment, the door may include a door outer panel forming the front of the door, a door inner panel forming the back of the door and facing the storage compartment, an upper cap, a lower cap, and door insulation provided on the interior of these.
도어 내판의 테두리에는 도어가 닫혔을 때 본체의 전면에 밀착됨으로써 저장실을 밀폐하는 가스켓이 마련될 수 있다. 도어 내판은 물품을 보관할 수 있는 도어 바스켓이 장착되도록 후방으로 돌출되는 다이크(dyke)를 포함할 수 있다.The door inner panel may be provided with a gasket that seals the storage compartment by contacting the front of the body when the door is closed. The door inner panel may include a dyke that protrudes rearward to accommodate a door basket for storing items.
일 실시예에 따르면 도어는 도어 바디와, 도어 바디의 전측에 분리 가능하게 결합되고 도어의 전면을 형성하는 전방 패널을 포함할 수 있다. 도어 바디는 도어 바디의 전면을 형성하는 도어 외판, 도어 바디의 후면을 형성하고 저장실을 마주보는 도어 내판, 상부 캡, 하부 캡 및 이들의 내부에 마련되는 도어 단열재를 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the door may include a door body and a front panel detachably coupled to the front side of the door body and forming the front of the door. The door body may include a door outer panel forming the front of the door body, a door inner panel forming the rear of the door body and facing the storage compartment, an upper cap, a lower cap, and door insulation provided inside these.
냉장고는 도어 및 저장실의 배치에 따라 프렌치 도어 타입(French Door Type), 사이드 바이 사이드 타입(Side-by-side Type), BMF(Bottom Mounted Freezer), TMF(Top Mounted Freezer) 또는 1도어 냉장고 등으로 구별될 수 있다.Depending on the arrangement of the door and storage compartment, refrigerators can be classified into French door type, side-by-side type, bottom mounted freezer (BMF), top mounted freezer (TMF), or single-door refrigerator.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 저장실에 냉기를 공급하도록 마련되는 냉기 공급 장치를 포함할 수 있다. According to one embodiment, the refrigerator may include a cold air supply device configured to supply cold air to the storage compartment.
냉기 공급 장치는 냉기를 생성하고 냉기를 안내하여 저장실을 냉각할 수 있는 기계, 기구, 전자 장치 및/또는 이들을 조합한 시스템을 포함할 수 있다. The cold air supply device may include a system of machines, devices, electronic devices and/or combinations thereof that can generate cold air and guide the cold air to cool the storage room.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉기 공급 장치는 냉매의 압축, 응축, 팽창 및 증발 과정을 포함하는 냉동 사이클을 통해 냉기를 생성할 수 있다. 이를 위해 냉기 공급 장치는 냉동 사이클을 구동시킬 수 있는 압축기, 응축기, 팽창 장치 및 증발기를 갖는 냉각 사이클 장치를 포함할 수 있다. 일 실시예에 따르면 냉기 공급 장치는 열전 소자와 같은 반도체를 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자는 펠티어 효과를 통한 발열 및 냉각 작용으로 저장실을 냉각할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the cold air supply device can generate cold air through a refrigeration cycle that includes the processes of compression, condensation, expansion, and evaporation of a refrigerant. To this end, the cold air supply device can include a refrigeration cycle device having a compressor, a condenser, an expansion device, and an evaporator capable of driving the refrigeration cycle. In one embodiment, the cold air supply device can include a semiconductor, such as a thermoelectric element. The thermoelectric element can cool a storage compartment by generating heat and cooling through the Peltier effect.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 냉기 공급 장치에 속한 적어도 일부 부품들이 배치되도록 마련되는 기계실을 포함할 수 있다.According to one embodiment, the refrigerator may include a machine room in which at least some components belonging to the cold air supply device are arranged.
기계실은 기계실에 배치되는 부품에서 발생되는 열이 저장실에 전달되는 것을 방지하기 위해 저장실과 구획 및 단열되도록 마련될 수 있다. 기계실 내부에 배치된 부품을 방열하도록 기계실 내부는 본체의 외부와 연통되도록 구성될 수 있다.The machine room may be designed to be partitioned and insulated from the storage room to prevent heat generated by components placed within the machine room from being transferred to the storage room. The interior of the machine room may be configured to be connected to the exterior of the main body to dissipate heat from components placed within the machine room.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 물 및/또는 얼음을 제공하도록 도어에 마련되는 디스펜서를 포함할 수 있다. 디스펜서는 사용자가 도어를 개방하지 않고 접근 가능하도록 도어에 마련될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the refrigerator may include a dispenser provided on the door to provide water and/or ice. The dispenser may be provided on the door so that it is accessible to a user without having to open the door.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 얼음을 생성하도록 마련되는 제빙 장치를 포함할 수 있다. 제빙 장치는 물을 저수하는 제빙 트레이와, 제빙 트레이로부터 얼음을 분리시키는 이빙 장치와, 제빙 트레이에서 생성된 얼음을 저장하는 아이스 버킷을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, a refrigerator may include an ice-making device configured to produce ice. The ice-making device may include an ice-making tray configured to store water, an ice-separating device configured to separate ice from the ice-making tray, and an ice bucket configured to store ice produced in the ice-making tray.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 냉장고를 제어하기 위한 제어부를 포함할 수 있다. According to one embodiment, the refrigerator may include a control unit for controlling the refrigerator.
제어부는 냉장고를 제어하기 위한 프로그램 및/또는 데이터를 저장 또는 기억하는 메모리와, 메모리에 기억된 프로그램 및/또는 데이터에 따라 냉기 공급 장치 등을 제어하기 위한 제어 신호를 출력하는 프로세서를 포함할 수 있다.The control unit may include a memory that stores or memorizes a program and/or data for controlling the refrigerator, and a processor that outputs a control signal for controlling a cold air supply device, etc. according to the program and/or data memorized in the memory.
메모리는 냉장고의 동작에 필요한 다양한 정보, 데이터, 명령어, 프로그램 등을 저장 또는 기록한다. 메모리는 냉장고에 포함된 구성들을 제어하기 위한 제어 신호를 생성하는 중에 발생하는 임시 데이터를 기억할 수 있다. 메모리는 휘발성 메모리 또는 비휘발성 메모리 중 적어도 하나 또는 이들의 조합을 포함할 수 있다.Memory stores or records various information, data, commands, programs, etc. necessary for the operation of the refrigerator. Memory can store temporary data generated during the generation of control signals for controlling components within the refrigerator. Memory may include at least one of volatile memory and non-volatile memory, or a combination thereof.
프로세서는 냉장고 전반의 동작을 제어한다. 프로세서는 메모리에 저장된 프로그램을 실행하여, 냉장고의 구성 요소들을 제어할 수 있다. 프로세서는 인공지능 모델의 동작을 수행하는 별도의 NPU를 포함할 수 있다. 또한 프로세서는 중앙 처리부, 그래픽 전용 프로세서(GPU) 등을 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서는 냉기 공급 방치의 동작을 제어하기 위한 제어 신호를 생성할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서는 온도 센서로부터 저장실의 온도 정보를 수신하고, 저장실의 온도 정보에 기초하여 냉기 공급 장치의 동작을 제어하기 위한 냉각 제어 신호를 생성할 수 있다.The processor controls the overall operation of the refrigerator. The processor can control the components of the refrigerator by executing programs stored in memory. The processor may include a separate NPU that performs the operations of an artificial intelligence model. The processor may also include a central processing unit (CPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), or the like. The processor may generate control signals to control the operation of the cooling system. For example, the processor may receive temperature information about the storage compartment from a temperature sensor and generate a cooling control signal to control the operation of the cooling system based on the temperature information.
또한, 프로세서는 메모리에 기억/저장된 프로그램 및/또는 데이터에 따라 사용자 인터페이스의 사용자 입력을 처리하고, 사용자 인터페이스의 동작을 제어할 수 있다. 사용자 인터페이스는 입력 인터페이스와 출력 인터페이스를 이용하여 제공될 수 있다. 프로세서는 사용자 인터페이스로부터 사용자 입력을 수신할 수 있다. 또한, 프로세서는 사용자 입력에 응답하여 사용자 인터페이스에 영상을 표시하기 위한 표시 제어 신호 및 영상 데이터를 사용자 인터페이스에 전달할 수 있다.Additionally, the processor may process user input of the user interface and control the operation of the user interface based on programs and/or data stored/stored in the memory. The user interface may be provided using an input interface and an output interface. The processor may receive user input from the user interface. Additionally, the processor may transmit display control signals and image data to the user interface for displaying an image on the user interface in response to the user input.
프로세서와 메모리는 일체로 마련되거나 또는 별도로 마련될 수 있다. 프로세서는 하나 이상의 프로세서를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서는 메인 프로세서와 적어도 하나의 서브 프로세서를 포함할 수 있다. 메모리는 하나 이상의 메모리를 포함할 수 있다.The processor and memory may be provided as a single unit or separately. The processor may include one or more processors. For example, the processor may include a main processor and at least one subprocessor. The memory may include one or more memories.
일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고는 냉장고에 포함된 구성들을 모두 제어하는 프로세서 및 메모리를 포함하고 냉장고의 구성들을 개별 제어하는 복수의 프로세서들과 복수의 메모리들을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 냉장고는 온도센서의 출력에 따라 냉기 공급 장치의 동작을 제어하는 프로세서 및 메모리를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 냉장고는 사용자 입력에 따라 사용자 인터페이스의 동작을 제어하는 프로세서와 메모리를 별도로 구비할 수 있다.In one embodiment, a refrigerator may include a processor and memory that control all components within the refrigerator, and may include multiple processors and multiple memories that individually control the components within the refrigerator. For example, the refrigerator may include a processor and memory that control the operation of a cooling device based on the output of a temperature sensor. Additionally, the refrigerator may separately include a processor and memory that control the operation of a user interface based on user input.
통신모듈은 주변의 접속 중계기(AP: Access Point)를 통해 서버, 모바일 장치, 다른 가전 기기 등의 외부 장치와 통신할 수 있다. 접속 중계기(AP)는 냉장고 또는 사용자 기기가 연결된 지역 네트워크(LAN)를 서버가 연결된 광역 네트워크(WAN)에 연결시킬 수 있다. 냉장고 또는 사용자 기기는 광역 네트워크(WAN)를 통해 서버에 연결될 수 있다.The communication module can communicate with external devices, such as servers, mobile devices, and other home appliances, via a nearby access point (AP). The AP can connect the local area network (LAN) to which the refrigerator or user device is connected to the wide area network (WAN) to which the server is connected. The refrigerator or user device can then connect to the server via the WAN.
입력 인터페이스는 키, 터치스크린, 마이크로폰 등을 포함할 수 있다. 입력 인터페이스는 사용자 입력을 수신하여 프로세서로 전달할 수 있다.The input interface may include keys, a touchscreen, a microphone, etc. The input interface may receive user input and transmit it to the processor.
출력 인터페이스는 디스플레이, 스피커 등을 포함할 수 있다. 출력 인터페이스는 프로세서에서 생성된 다양한 알림, 메시지, 정보 등을 출력할 수 있다.The output interface may include a display, a speaker, etc. The output interface may output various notifications, messages, information, etc. generated by the processor.
이하 첨부된 도면들을 참고하여 본 개시의 작용 원리 및 실시예들에 대해 설명한다.The operating principle and embodiments of the present disclosure are described below with reference to the attached drawings.
도 1은 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고를 도시한 도면이다. 도 2는 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 도어가 개방된 상태를 도시한 도면이다. 도 3은 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 저장실의 상부를 아래에서 바라본 도면이다. 도 4는 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 개략적인 측단면도이다. 도 5는 도 2의 I-I선에 따른 단면도이다.FIG. 1 is a drawing illustrating a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 2 is a drawing illustrating a state in which a door of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure is opened. FIG. 3 is a drawing illustrating the upper portion of a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure as viewed from below. FIG. 4 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line I-I of FIG. 2.
도 1 내지 도 5를 참조하면, 냉장고(1)는 본체(100)와, 본체(100)의 내부에 형성된 저장실들(11, 12, 13)과, 저장실들(11, 12, 13)을 개폐하도록 마련된 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)을 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIGS. 1 to 5, a refrigerator (1) may include a main body (100), storage chambers (11, 12, 13) formed inside the main body (100), and doors (21, 22, 23, 24) provided to open and close the storage chambers (11, 12, 13).
본체(100)는 내상(170)과 내상(170)의 외측에 결합된 외상(180)과, 내상(170)과 외상(180)의 사이에 마련된 단열재(190)를 포함할 수 있다(도 6 참조). 내상(170)은 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 형성하고 외상(180)은 본체(100)의 외관을 형성할 수 있다. The main body (100) may include an inner case (170), an outer case (180) coupled to the outer side of the inner case (170), and an insulating material (190) provided between the inner case (170) and the outer case (180) (see FIG. 6). The inner case (170) may form a storage chamber (11, 12, 13), and the outer case (180) may form the outer appearance of the main body (100).
다른 측면에서, 본체(100)는 상부벽(110)과, 하부벽(120)과, 좌측벽(130)과, 우측벽(140)과, 후벽(150)을 포함할 수 있다. 상부벽(110)과, 하부벽(120)과, 좌측벽(130)과, 우측벽(140)과, 후벽(150)은 각각 본체(100)의 상면과, 하면과, 좌측면과, 우측면과, 후벽을 형성할 수 있다. In another aspect, the main body (100) may include an upper wall (110), a lower wall (120), a left wall (130), a right wall (140), and a rear wall (150). The upper wall (110), the lower wall (120), the left wall (130), the right wall (140), and the rear wall (150) may form an upper surface, a lower surface, a left surface, a right surface, and a rear wall of the main body (100), respectively.
상부벽(110)과, 하부벽(120)과, 좌측벽(130)과, 우측벽(140)과, 후벽(150) 각각은 내상(170)과, 외상(180)과, 단열재(190)로 이루어질 수 있다. 일례로, 상부벽(110)의 상면은 외상(180)에 의해 형성되고 상부벽(110)의 하면은 내상(170)에 의해 형성되며, 상부벽(110)의 내부에는 단열재(190)가 마련될 수 있다. Each of the upper wall (110), the lower wall (120), the left wall (130), the right wall (140), and the rear wall (150) may be formed of an inner surface (170), an outer surface (180), and an insulating material (190). For example, the upper surface of the upper wall (110) may be formed by the outer surface (180), the lower surface of the upper wall (110) may be formed by the inner surface (170), and an insulating material (190) may be provided on the inside of the upper wall (110).
저장실들(11, 12, 13)은 물품을 수용할 수 있다. 저장실들(11, 12, 13)은 물품을 넣거나 뺄 수 있도록 앞 측이 개방되게 형성될 수 있다. 본체(100)는 제1 저장실(11)을 제2 저장실(12) 및 제3 저장실(13)과 구획하는 수평 격벽(160)과, 제2 저장실(12)을 제3 저장실(13)과 구획하는 수직 격벽(161)을 포함할 수 있다. 제1 저장실(11)은 본체(100)의 상부에 마련되고, 제2 저장실(12)과 제3 저장실(13)은 본체(100)의 하부에 마련될 수 있다. 제1 저장실(11)은 냉장실일 수 있으며, 제2 저장실(12)은 냉동실일 수 있고, 제3 저장실(13)은 변온실일 수 있다. The storage compartments (11, 12, 13) can accommodate items. The storage compartments (11, 12, 13) can be formed to have an open front side so that items can be put in or taken out. The main body (100) can include a horizontal partition wall (160) that divides the first storage compartment (11) from the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13), and a vertical partition wall (161) that divides the second storage compartment (12) from the third storage compartment (13). The first storage compartment (11) can be provided at the upper part of the main body (100), and the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13) can be provided at the lower part of the main body (100). The first storage compartment (11) can be a refrigerator compartment, the second storage compartment (12) can be a freezer compartment, and the third storage compartment (13) can be a variable temperature compartment.
도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)은 저장실들(11, 12, 13)을 개폐할 수 있다. 제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22)는 제1 저장실(11)을 개폐하고, 제3 도어(23)는 제2 저장실(12)을 개폐하며, 제4 도어(24)는 제3 저장실(13)을 개폐할 수 있다. 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)은 본체(100)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. Doors (21, 22, 23, 24) can open and close storage rooms (11, 12, 13). The first door (21) and the second door (22) can open and close the first storage room (11), the third door (23) can open and close the second storage room (12), and the fourth door (24) can open and close the third storage room (13). The doors (21, 22, 23, 24) can be rotatably coupled to the main body (100).
도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)은 힌지에 의해 본체(100)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22)는 각각 본체(100)의 상부에 마련된 힌지(31)와 본체(100)의 중간에 마련된 힌지에 의해 본체(100)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 힌지(31)는 도어의 회전축을 형성하도록 수직 방향으로 돌출되는 힌지 핀을 포함할 수 있다. 힌지(31)는 본체(100)의 상면 앞 부분을 커버하도록 마련된 탑 커버(300)에 의해 커버될 수 있다. The doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may be rotatably coupled to the main body (100) by hinges. For example, the first door (21) and the second door (22) may be rotatably coupled to the main body (100) by a hinge (31) provided on the upper portion of the main body (100) and a hinge provided in the middle of the main body (100), respectively. The hinge (31) may include a hinge pin that protrudes vertically to form a rotational axis of the door. The hinge (31) may be covered by a top cover (300) provided to cover the upper front portion of the main body (100).
제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22) 중 어느 하나의 도어에는 제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22)가 닫힌 때 제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22) 사이에 형성되는 갭을 커버하기 위한 회전 바(40)가 마련될 수 있다. 회전 바(40)는 제1 도어(21)와 제2 도어(22) 중에 어느 하나의 도어에 회전 가능하게 마련될 수 있다. 회전 바(40)는 수직 방향으로 길게 형성된 막대 형상을 가질 수 있다. 회전 바(40)는 필러(pillar), 멀리언(mullion) 등으로 지칭될 수도 있다. A rotating bar (40) may be provided on either the first door (21) or the second door (22) to cover the gap formed between the first door (21) and the second door (22) when the first door (21) and the second door (22) are closed. The rotating bar (40) may be provided rotatably on either the first door (21) or the second door (22). The rotating bar (40) may have a rod shape that is formed long in a vertical direction. The rotating bar (40) may also be referred to as a pillar, a mullion, or the like.
회전 바(40)의 상단에는 가이드 돌기(46)가 마련되고 본체(100)의 상부에는 가이드 돌기(46)의 회전을 안내하는 회전 가이드(119)가 마련될 수 있다. A guide protrusion (46) may be provided at the top of the rotating bar (40), and a rotation guide (119) that guides the rotation of the guide protrusion (46) may be provided at the top of the main body (100).
도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)은 가스켓(51)을 포함할 수 있다. 가스켓(51)은 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)이 닫힌 때 본체(100)의 전면에 밀착될 수 있다. 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)은 후방으로 돌출되는 다이크(52)를 포함할 수 있다. 다이크(52)에는 물품을 저장할 수 있는 도어 선반(53)이 장착될 수 있다. 회전 바(40)는 다이크(52)에 회전 가능하게 설치될 수 있다. The doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include a gasket (51). The gasket (51) may be pressed against the front of the body (100) when the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are closed. The doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include a ditch (52) that protrudes rearward. A door shelf (53) capable of storing items may be mounted on the ditch (52). A rotating bar (40) may be rotatably installed on the ditch (52).
이상에서 저장실의 개수 및 배치와, 도어의 개수 및 배치에 대해 설명하였으나, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 저장실의 개수 및 배치와, 도어의 개수 및 배치에 제한이 있는 것은 아니다. Although the number and arrangement of storage compartments and the number and arrangement of doors have been described above, there is no limitation on the number and arrangement of storage compartments and the number and arrangement of doors of a refrigerator according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
냉장고(1)는 저장실(11)을 냉각하도록 마련된 열전 냉각 장치(400)를 포함할 수 있다. The refrigerator (1) may include a thermoelectric cooling device (400) arranged to cool the storage compartment (11).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 저장실(11)을 냉각시키도록 저장실(11)의 상측에 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 열전 냉각 장치(400)는 본체(100)의 상부벽(110)에 마련될 수 있다. A thermoelectric cooling device (400) may be provided on the upper side of the storage room (11) to cool the storage room (11). That is, the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may be provided on the upper wall (110) of the main body (100).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 열전 소자(530)를 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)는 열전 효과를 이용해 열 에너지를 전기 에너지로, 전기 에너지를 열 에너지로 변환하는 반도체 소자일 수 있으며, 열전 반도체 소자, 펠티어 소자 등으로 지칭될 수도 있다.A thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a thermoelectric element (530). The thermoelectric element (530) may be a semiconductor element that converts thermal energy into electrical energy or electrical energy into thermal energy using the thermoelectric effect, and may also be referred to as a thermoelectric semiconductor element, a Peltier element, or the like.
열전 소자(530)는 발열부(531)와 냉각부(532)를 포함한다. 열전 소자(530)에 전류가 가해지면 발열부(531)에서 발열 작용이 일어나고 냉각부(532)에서 흡열 작용이 일어날 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)는 얇은 육면체 형상을 가질 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)의 일면에 발열부(531)가 마련되고 반대면에 냉각부(532)가 마련될 수 있다.The thermoelectric element (530) includes a heating portion (531) and a cooling portion (532). When current is applied to the thermoelectric element (530), a heating action may occur in the heating portion (531) and a heat absorption action may occur in the cooling portion (532). The thermoelectric element (530) may have a thin hexahedral shape. The heating portion (531) may be provided on one surface of the thermoelectric element (530) and the cooling portion (532) may be provided on the opposite surface.
열전 소자(530)는 발열부(531)가 열전 소자(530)의 위를 향하고 냉각부(532)가 열전 소자(530)의 아래를 향하도록 상부벽(110)에 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 발열부(531)가 본체(100)의 외부를 향하고 냉각부(532)는 저장실(11) 내부를 향할 수 있다. 따라서, 발열부(531)와 열교환하여 따듯해진 공기는 본체(100)의 외부로 배출되고 냉각부(532)와 열교환하여 차가워진 공기는 저장실(11)에 공급될 수 있다. The thermoelectric element (530) may be provided on the upper wall (110) such that the heating portion (531) faces above the thermoelectric element (530) and the cooling portion (532) faces below the thermoelectric element (530). That is, the heating portion (531) may face the outside of the main body (100) and the cooling portion (532) may face the inside of the storage chamber (11). Accordingly, air that has been warmed through heat exchange with the heating portion (531) may be discharged to the outside of the main body (100), and air that has been cooled through heat exchange with the cooling portion (532) may be supplied to the storage chamber (11).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 발열부(531)와 본체(100) 외부의 공기의 열교환이 효율적으로 이루어지도록 발열부(531)에 접촉하는 방열 싱크(520)를 포함할 수 있다. The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat sink (520) that contacts the heat generating unit (531) so that heat exchange between the heat generating unit (531) and the air outside the main body (100) is efficiently performed.
방열 싱크(520)는 본체(100)의 외부에 위치할 수 있다. 방열 싱크(520)는 발열부(531)에 접촉하여 발열부(531)의 열을 흡수하고 본체(100) 외부로 열을 방출할 수 있다. 방열 싱크(520)는 핫 싱크, 방열 히트 싱크, 핫 히트 싱크 등으로 지칭될 수도 있다. A heat sink (520) may be located outside the main body (100). The heat sink (520) may contact the heat generating portion (531) to absorb heat from the heat generating portion (531) and release heat to the outside of the main body (100). The heat sink (520) may also be referred to as a hot sink, a heat dissipation heat sink, a hot heat sink, etc.
방열 싱크(520)는 열전도율이 좋은 금속 재질로 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 방열 싱크(520)는 알루미늄이나 구리 재질로 형성될 수 있다. The heat sink (520) may be formed of a metal material with good thermal conductivity. For example, the heat sink (520) may be formed of aluminum or copper.
방열 싱크(520)는 발열부(531)에 접촉하는 방열 싱크 베이스(521)와, 전열 면적을 확대하도록 방열 싱크 베이스(521)에서 돌출되는 복수의 방열 핀들(525)을 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 방열 핀들(525)은 방열 싱크 베이스(521)에서 위로 돌출될 수 있다. The heat sink (520) may include a heat sink base (521) that contacts the heat generating portion (531) and a plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) that protrude from the heat sink base (521) to expand the heat transfer area. The plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) may protrude upward from the heat sink base (521).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 냉각부(532)와 저장실(11) 내부의 공기의 열교환이 효율적으로 이루어지도록 냉각부(532)에 접촉하는 냉각 싱크(570)를 포함할 수 있다.The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling sink (570) in contact with the cooling unit (532) so that heat exchange between the cooling unit (532) and the air inside the storage chamber (11) is efficiently performed.
냉각 싱크(570)는 저장실(11)의 내부에 위치할 수 있다. 냉각 싱크(570)는 저장실(11)의 열을 빼앗아 냉각부(532)로 전달함으로써 저장실(11)을 냉각시킬 수 있다. 냉각 싱크(570)는 콜드 싱크, 쿨링 싱크, 냉각 히트 싱크, 콜드 히트 싱크, 쿨링 히트 싱크 등으로 지칭될 수도 있다. A cooling sink (570) may be located inside the storage compartment (11). The cooling sink (570) may cool the storage compartment (11) by taking away heat from the storage compartment (11) and transferring it to the cooling unit (532). The cooling sink (570) may also be referred to as a cold sink, a cooling sink, a cooling heat sink, a cold heat sink, a cooling heat sink, etc.
냉각 싱크(570)는 열전도율이 좋은 금속 재질로 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 냉각 싱크(570)는 알루미늄이나 구리 재질로 형성될 수 있다. The cooling sink (570) may be formed of a metal material with good thermal conductivity. For example, the cooling sink (570) may be formed of aluminum or copper.
냉각 싱크(570)는 냉각부(532)에 접촉하는 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)와, 전열 면적을 확대하도록 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)에서 돌출되는 복수의 냉각 핀들(575)을 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 냉각 핀들(525)은 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)에서 아래로 돌출될 수 있다. 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)와 복수의 냉각 핀들(575)은 일체로 형성될 수 있다. The cooling sink (570) may include a cooling sink base (571) that contacts the cooling unit (532) and a plurality of cooling fins (575) that protrude from the cooling sink base (571) to expand the heat transfer area. The plurality of cooling fins (525) may protrude downward from the cooling sink base (571). The cooling sink base (571) and the plurality of cooling fins (575) may be formed integrally.
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 방열 싱크(520)와 본체(100) 외부의 공기의 열교환이 효율적으로 이루어지도록 하기 위해 공기를 유동시키는 방열팬(600)을 포함할 수 있다. The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat dissipation fan (600) that circulates air to ensure efficient heat exchange between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the air outside the main body (100).
방열팬(600)은 방열 싱크(520)를 향해 송풍하도록 마련될 수 있다. 방열팬(600)은 방열 싱크(520)의 수평 방향에 위치하도록 마련될 수 있다. 방열팬(600)의 본체(100)의 외부에 마련될 수 있다. 방열팬(600)은 상부벽(110)의 상측에 마련될 수 있다.The heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged to blow air toward the heat dissipation sink (520). The heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged to be positioned horizontally with respect to the heat dissipation sink (520). The heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged on the outside of the main body (100). The heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged on the upper side of the upper wall (110).
방열팬(600)은 축방향으로 공기를 흡입하여 반경 방향들로 토출하는 원심팬일 수 있다. 원심팬은 블로워 팬을 포함할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)의 회전축(610)은 상부벽(110)의 상면에 수직하게 배치될 수 있다. The heat dissipation fan (600) may be a centrifugal fan that draws in air in an axial direction and discharges it in radial directions. The centrifugal fan may include a blower fan. The rotation axis (610) of the heat dissipation fan (600) may be arranged perpendicular to the upper surface of the upper wall (110).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 방열팬(600)에 의해 유동하는 공기를 안내하도록 마련되는 방열 덕트(700)를 포함할 수 있다. 방열 덕트(700)는 본체(100) 외부의 공기를 흡입하여 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환하도록 안내하고, 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환한 공기를 다시 본체(100) 외부로 배출할 수 있다. The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a heat dissipation duct (700) provided to guide air flowing by a heat dissipation fan (600). The heat dissipation duct (700) may guide air from outside the main body (100) to exchange heat with the heat dissipation sink (520), and may discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) back to the outside of the main body (100).
방열 덕트(700)는 본체(100) 상측의 외부 공간에서 공기를 흡입할 수 있다. 방열 덕트(700)는 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환한 공기를 본체(100) 상측의 외부 공간으로 배출할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)은 방열 덕트(700)의 내부에 위치할 수 있다. 방열 싱크(520)는 방열 덕트(700)의 내부에 위치할 수 있다. 방열 덕트(700)는 상부벽(110)의 상면에 마련될 수 있다.The heat dissipation duct (700) can draw in air from the external space on the upper side of the main body (100). The heat dissipation duct (700) can discharge air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) to the external space on the upper side of the main body (100). The heat dissipation fan (600) can be located inside the heat dissipation duct (700). The heat dissipation sink (520) can be located inside the heat dissipation duct (700). The heat dissipation duct (700) can be provided on the upper surface of the upper wall (110).
방열 덕트(700)는 본체(100) 외부의 공기를 방열 덕트(700)의 내부로 흡입하는 외기 흡입구(751)와, 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환한 공기를 본체(100) 외부로 배출하는 외기 배출구(782)를 포함할 수 있다. The heat dissipation duct (700) may include an outside air intake port (751) that draws air outside the main body (100) into the inside of the heat dissipation duct (700), and an outside air exhaust port (782) that discharges air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) to the outside of the main body (100).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 냉각 싱크(570)와 저장실(11) 내부의 공기의 열교환이 효율적으로 이루어지도록 하기 위해 공기를 유동시키는 냉각팬(800)을 포함할 수 있다. The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling fan (800) that circulates air to ensure efficient heat exchange between the cooling sink (570) and the air inside the storage chamber (11).
냉각팬(800)은 냉각 싱크(570)를 향해 송풍하도록 마련될 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)은 냉각 싱크(570)의 수평 방향에 위치할 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)은 저장실(11)의 내부에 마련될 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)은 상부벽(110)의 하측에 마련될 수 있다. The cooling fan (800) may be arranged to blow air toward the cooling sink (570). The cooling fan (800) may be positioned horizontally with respect to the cooling sink (570). The cooling fan (800) may be arranged inside the storage compartment (11). The cooling fan (800) may be arranged on the lower side of the upper wall (110).
냉각팬(800)은 축방향으로 공기를 흡입하여 반경 방향들로 토출하는 원심팬일 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)의 회전축(810)은 상부벽(110)의 저면에 수직하게 배치될 수 있다. The cooling fan (800) may be a centrifugal fan that sucks in air in an axial direction and discharges it in radial directions. The rotation axis (810) of the cooling fan (800) may be arranged perpendicular to the bottom surface of the upper wall (110).
열전 냉각 장치(400) 냉각팬(800)에 의해 냉각된 공기의 온도를 측정하기 위한 온도센서(112)(이하 '제2 제상센서')를 포함할 수 있다.The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a temperature sensor (112) (hereinafter referred to as the 'second defrost sensor') for measuring the temperature of air cooled by the cooling fan (800).
제2 제상센서(112)는 냉각 싱크(570)의 온도를 측정할 수 있다. 냉각 싱크(570)의 온도를 측정하는 것은, 냉각 싱크(570)의 주변 공기에 온도를 측정하는 것, 냉각 싱크(570) 그 자체의 온도를 측정하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The second defrost sensor (112) can measure the temperature of the cooling sink (570). Measuring the temperature of the cooling sink (570) may include measuring the temperature of the air surrounding the cooling sink (570) and measuring the temperature of the cooling sink (570) itself.
제2 제상센서(112)는 냉각 싱크(570)에 마련될 수도 있고, 냉각 덕트(900)에 마련될 수도 있다.The second defrost sensor (112) may be provided in the cooling sink (570) or in the cooling duct (900).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 냉각팬(800)에 의해 유동하는 공기를 안내하도록 마련되는 냉각 덕트(900)를 포함할 수 있다. 냉각 덕트(700)는 저장실(11) 내부의 공기를 흡입하여 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환하도록 안내하고, 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환한 공기를 다시 저장실(11) 내부로 배출할 수 있다. The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a cooling duct (900) provided to guide air flowing by a cooling fan (800). The cooling duct (700) may guide air inside the storage chamber (11) to exchange heat with the cooling sink (570), and may discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) back into the storage chamber (11).
냉각팬(800)은 냉각 덕트(900)의 내부에 위치할 수 있다. 냉각 싱크(570)는 냉각 덕트(900)의 내부에 위치할 수 있다. 냉각 덕트(900)는 상부벽(110)의 하면에 마련될 수 있다.The cooling fan (800) may be located inside the cooling duct (900). The cooling sink (570) may be located inside the cooling duct (900). The cooling duct (900) may be provided on the lower surface of the upper wall (110).
냉각 덕트(900)는 저장실(11) 내부의 공기를 냉각 덕트(900)의 내부로 흡입하는 내기 흡입구(991)와, 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환한 공기를 저장실(11) 내부로 배출하는 내기 배출구(992)를 포함할 수 있다. The cooling duct (900) may include an intake port (991) for drawing air inside the storage room (11) into the interior of the cooling duct (900), and an exhaust port (992) for discharging air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) into the interior of the storage room (11).
도 4를 참조하면, 냉장고(1)는 냉동 사이클을 통해 저장실을 냉각하도록 냉각 사이클 장치(450, 도 7 참조)를 포함할 수 있다. 냉각 사이클 장치(450)는 압축기(2)와, 응축기(미도시)와, 팽창 장치(미도시)와, 증발기(3)를 포함할 수 있다. 증발기(3)는 저장실(12, 13)의 후측에 마련될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4, the refrigerator (1) may include a cooling cycle device (450, see FIG. 7) to cool the storage compartment through a refrigeration cycle. The cooling cycle device (450) may include a compressor (2), a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3). The evaporator (3) may be provided at the rear of the storage compartment (12, 13).
냉장고(1)는 증발기(3)의 온도를 측정하기 위한 온도센서(111)(이하 '제1 제상센서')를 포함할 수 있다.The refrigerator (1) may include a temperature sensor (111) (hereinafter referred to as “first defrost sensor”) for measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3).
제1 제상센서(111)는 증발기(3)의 온도를 측정할 수 있다. 증발기(3)의 온도를 측정하는 것은, 증발기(3)의 주변 공기에 온도를 측정하는 것, 증발기(3) 그 자체의 온도를 측정하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The first temperature sensor (111) can measure the temperature of the evaporator (3). Measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3) may include measuring the temperature of the air surrounding the evaporator (3) and measuring the temperature of the evaporator (3) itself.
제1 제상센서(111)는 증발기(3)에 마련될 수도 있고, 증발기 덕트들(60, 70)에 마련될 수도 있다.The first defrost sensor (111) may be provided in the evaporator (3) or in the evaporator ducts (60, 70).
냉장고(1)는 증발기(3)에서 생성된 냉기를 안내하는 증발기 덕트들(60, 70)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1 증발기 덕트(60)는 제2 저장실(12) 및 제3 저장실(13)의 후측에 마련될 수 있다. 제2 증발기 덕트(70)는 제1 저장실(11)의 후측에 마련될 수 있다. The refrigerator (1) may include evaporator ducts (60, 70) that guide cold air generated in the evaporator (3). The first evaporator duct (60) may be provided at the rear side of the second storage compartment (12) and the third storage compartment (13). The second evaporator duct (70) may be provided at the rear side of the first storage compartment (11).
증발기(3)에서 생성된 냉기는 증발기 팬(80)에 의해 제1 증발기 덕트(60)의 내부로 흡입될 수 있다. 제1 증발기 덕트(60)의 내부로 흡입된 냉기는 전면에 형성된 냉기 배출구(미도시)를 통해 제2 저장실(12) 또는 제3 저장실(13)로 토출될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 증발기 덕트(60)의 내부로 흡입된 냉기는 제2 증발기 덕트(70)의 내부 유로(78)로 안내될 수 있다. 제1 증발기 덕트(60)에는 제1 증발기 덕트(60)의 내부의 냉기가 제2 증발기 덕트(70)로 공급되는 것을 제어하는 댐퍼(61)가 마련될 수 있다. 제1 증발기 덕트(60)와 제2 증발기 덕트(70)를 연결하도록 제1 증발기 덕트(60)와 제2 증발기 덕트(70)의 사이에 연결 덕트(90)가 구비될 수도 있다. The cold air generated in the evaporator (3) can be sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) by the evaporator fan (80). The cold air sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) can be discharged to the second storage chamber (12) or the third storage chamber (13) through a cold air discharge port (not shown) formed on the front. In addition, the cold air sucked into the interior of the first evaporator duct (60) can be guided to the internal passage (78) of the second evaporator duct (70). The first evaporator duct (60) may be provided with a damper (61) that controls the supply of the cold air inside the first evaporator duct (60) to the second evaporator duct (70). A connecting duct (90) may be provided between the first evaporator duct (60) and the second evaporator duct (70) to connect the first evaporator duct (60) and the second evaporator duct (70).
제2 증발기 덕트(70)의 내부 유로(78)로 유입된 냉기는 제2 증발기 덕트(70)의 전면에 형성된 냉기 배출구(72)를 통해 제1 저장실(11)로 공급될 수 있다. Cold air introduced into the internal passage (78) of the second evaporator duct (70) can be supplied to the first storage chamber (11) through the cold air discharge port (72) formed on the front of the second evaporator duct (70).
다만, 상기 실시예와 달리, 증발기(3)에서 생성된 냉기는 제1 증발기 덕트(60)를 거치지 않고 바로 제2 증발기 덕트(70)로 공급될 수도 있다. 또한, 제1 저장실(11)의 후측에 별도의 증발기(3)가 마련되어 제2 증발기 덕트(70)로 냉기를 공급하도록 구성될 수도 있다. However, unlike the above embodiment, the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) may be supplied directly to the second evaporator duct (70) without passing through the first evaporator duct (60). In addition, a separate evaporator (3) may be provided at the rear side of the first storage chamber (11) and configured to supply cold air to the second evaporator duct (70).
이와 같이, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)는 저장실(11)의 냉각을 위해 열전 냉각 장치(400)와 냉각 사이클 장치(450)를 포함하므로 저장실(11)에 냉기를 공급하는 방법은 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의해 생성된 냉기만을 공급하는 제1 방법과, 냉각 사이클 장치(450)에서 생성된 냉기만을 공급하는 제2 방법과, 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의해 생성된 냉기와 냉각 사이클 장치(450)에서 생성된 냉기를 함께 공급하는 제3 방법을 포함할 수 있다. In this way, since the refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a thermoelectric cooling device (400) and a cooling cycle device (450) for cooling the storage compartment (11), a method for supplying cold air to the storage compartment (11) may include a first method of supplying only cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400), a second method of supplying only cold air generated by the cooling cycle device (450), and a third method of supplying both cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and cold air generated by the cooling cycle device (450).
냉장고(1)는 외부 조건 및 내부 조건에 따라 적절한 방법으로 저장실(11)에 냉기를 공급할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)는 냉장고(1)가 설치된 실내 온도에 따라 어느 하나의 방법으로 저장실(11)을 냉각할 수 있다. 즉, 실내 온도가 소정의 온도 보다 높아서 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의한 냉각 보다 냉동 사이클에 의한 냉각이 더 효율이 높은 경우 냉각 사이클 장치(450)를 통해 생성된 냉기만으로 저장실(11)을 냉각시킬 수 있다. 반대로, 실내 온도가 소정의 온도 보다 낮아서 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의한 냉각이 냉각 사이클 장치(450)에 의한 냉각 보다 효율이 높은 경우 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의해 생성된 냉기만으로 저장실(11)을 냉각시킬 수 있다. 냉장고(1)는 소음을 줄일 필요가 있을 때 열전 냉각 장치(400)만을 가동할 수 있다. 냉장고(1)는 저장실(11)을 급속으로 냉각시킬 필요가 있을 때 열전 냉각 장치(400)를 통해 생성된 냉기와 냉각 사이클 장치(450)를 통해 생성된 냉기를 동시에 저장실(11)에 공급할 수 있다. The refrigerator (1) can supply cold air to the storage compartment (11) in an appropriate manner depending on external and internal conditions. For example, the refrigerator (1) can cool the storage compartment (11) in one of the methods depending on the room temperature in which the refrigerator (1) is installed. That is, when the room temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature and cooling by a refrigeration cycle is more efficient than cooling by a thermoelectric cooling device (400), the storage compartment (11) can be cooled only by cold air generated by the cooling cycle device (450). Conversely, when the room temperature is lower than a predetermined temperature and cooling by a thermoelectric cooling device (400) is more efficient than cooling by a cooling cycle device (450), the storage compartment (11) can be cooled only by cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400). The refrigerator (1) can operate only the thermoelectric cooling device (400) when noise reduction is required. When it is necessary to rapidly cool the storage room (11), the refrigerator (1) can simultaneously supply cold air generated through the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and cold air generated through the cooling cycle device (450) to the storage room (11).
이와 같이, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따르면 냉장고(1)는 열전 냉각 장치(400)와 냉각 사이클 장치(450)를 포함할 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 냉장고는 열전 냉각 장치(400)만을 포함할 수도 있다.Thus, according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, the refrigerator (1) may include a thermoelectric cooling device (400) and a cooling cycle device (450), but is not limited thereto, and the refrigerator may include only a thermoelectric cooling device (400).
한편, 열전 냉각 장치(400)가 본체(100)의 상부벽(110)에 마련되는 것으로 설명하였으나, 열전 냉각 장치(400)의 위치는 이에 제한되지 않는다.Meanwhile, although it has been described that the thermoelectric cooling device (400) is provided on the upper wall (110) of the main body (100), the location of the thermoelectric cooling device (400) is not limited thereto.
다양한 실시예에 따라, 열전 냉각 장치(400)는 상부벽(110)과, 하부벽(120)과, 좌측벽(130)과, 우측벽(140)과, 후벽(150) 중 적어도 하나에 마련될 수 있다.According to various embodiments, the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may be provided on at least one of the upper wall (110), the lower wall (120), the left wall (130), the right wall (140), and the rear wall (150).
도 6은 일 실시예에 따른 열전 냉각 장치를 분해하여 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 6 is an exploded view of a thermoelectric cooling device according to one embodiment.
도 6을 참조하면, 열전 냉각 장치(400)는 열전 모듈(500)을 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a thermoelectric module (500).
전술한 열전 소자(530)와, 방열 싱크(520)와, 냉각 싱크(570)가 일체로 조립되어 열전 모듈(500)을 구성할 수 있다. 즉, 열전 모듈(500)은 열전 소자(530)와, 방열 싱크(520)와, 냉각 싱크(570)와, 모듈 플레이트(550)를 포함할 수 있다.The thermoelectric element (530), heat sink (520), and cooling sink (570) described above can be assembled integrally to form a thermoelectric module (500). That is, the thermoelectric module (500) can include a thermoelectric element (530), a heat sink (520), a cooling sink (570), and a module plate (550).
모듈 플레이트(550)는 열전 모듈(500)의 뼈대 역할을 할 수 있다. 모듈 플레이트(550)는 열전도율이 낮은 수지 재질로 형성될 수 있다. 모듈 플레이트(550)는 방열 싱크(520)와 냉각 싱크(570) 사이의 간격을 유지하고, 방열 싱크(520)와 냉각 싱크(570)를 지지할 수 있다. 모듈 플레이트(550)는 후술할 팬 케이스(650)와 일체로 형성될 수 있다. 그러나, 모듈 플레이트(550)가 팬 케이스(650)와 별개로 마련되는 것도 가능하다.The module plate (550) can serve as a skeleton of the thermoelectric module (500). The module plate (550) can be formed of a resin material having low thermal conductivity. The module plate (550) can maintain a gap between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570) and support the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570). The module plate (550) can be formed integrally with a fan case (650) to be described later. However, the module plate (550) can also be provided separately from the fan case (650).
모듈 플레이트(550)는 방열 싱크(520)를 지지하는 방열 싱크 지지부(552)를 포함할 수 있다.The module plate (550) may include a heat sink support (552) that supports a heat sink (520).
모듈 플레이트(550)는 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)를 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)는 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)의 내부에 배치될 수 있다. 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)의 상하 방향의 길이는 열전 소자(530)의 상하 방향 길이 보다 클 수 있으며, 열전 소자(530)는 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)의 상단부 측에 배치될 수 있다. 이와 같이 열전 소자(530)가 모듈 플레이트 개구(551) 내부의 상단부 측에 배치되는 이유는 통상적으로 열전 소자(530)의 발열량이 흡열량 보다 높으며, 열전 소자(530)가 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)의 상단부 측에 위치하는 것이 발열부(531)의 방열에 유리하기 때문이다. The module plate (550) may include a module plate opening (551). The thermoelectric element (530) may be disposed inside the module plate opening (551). The vertical length of the module plate opening (551) may be greater than the vertical length of the thermoelectric element (530), and the thermoelectric element (530) may be disposed on the upper side of the module plate opening (551). The reason why the thermoelectric element (530) is disposed on the upper side inside the module plate opening (551) is because the heat generation amount of the thermoelectric element (530) is typically higher than the heat absorption amount, and the positioning of the thermoelectric element (530) on the upper side of the module plate opening (551) is advantageous for heat dissipation of the heat generating part (531).
이와 같이, 열전 소자(530)가 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)의 상단부 측에 배치되므로, 냉각 싱크(570)는 열전 소자(530)의 냉각부(532)와의 접촉을 위해 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)에서 돌출되는 냉각 전도부(574)를 포함할 수 있다.In this way, since the thermoelectric element (530) is placed on the upper side of the module plate opening (551), the cooling sink (570) may include a cooling conductive portion (574) protruding from the cooling sink base (571) for contact with the cooling portion (532) of the thermoelectric element (530).
열전 모듈(500)은 모듈 플레이트(550)와 열전 소자(530)를 단열하는 소자 단열재(540)를 포함할 수 있다. 소자 단열재(540)는 모듈 플레이트 개구(551)에 배치되어 열전 소자(530)의 측면이 모듈 플레이트(550)에 접촉하지 않도록 할 수 있다. 소자 단열재(540)는 소자 단열재 개구(541)를 포함하고, 소자 단열재 개구(541)에 열전 소자(530)가 수용될 수 있다. The thermoelectric module (500) may include a module plate (550) and an element insulation material (540) that insulates the thermoelectric element (530). The element insulation material (540) may be placed in the module plate opening (551) so that a side of the thermoelectric element (530) does not contact the module plate (550). The element insulation material (540) includes an element insulation opening (541), and the thermoelectric element (530) may be accommodated in the element insulation opening (541).
열전 모듈(500)은 모듈 플레이트(550)와 냉각 싱크(570)의 사이에 마련되는 싱크 단열재(580)를 포함할 수 있다. 싱크 단열재(580)는 모듈 플레이트(550)를 통해 방열 싱크(520)와 냉각 싱크(570) 사이에 열이 전달되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. 싱크 단열재(580)는 싱크 단열재 개구(581)를 포함할 수 있다. 다만, 싱크 단열재(580)는 생략될 수 있으며 이 경우 방열 싱크(520)는 모듈 플레이트(550)의 상면에 지지되고 냉각 싱크(570)는 모듈 플레이트(550)의 저면에 지지될 수 있다.The thermoelectric module (500) may include a sink insulation (580) provided between the module plate (550) and the cooling sink (570). The sink insulation (580) may prevent heat from being transferred between the heat dissipation sink (520) and the cooling sink (570) through the module plate (550). The sink insulation (580) may include a sink insulation opening (581). However, the sink insulation (580) may be omitted, in which case the heat dissipation sink (520) may be supported on the upper surface of the module plate (550) and the cooling sink (570) may be supported on the lower surface of the module plate (550).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 방열팬(600)이 설치되고 방열팬(600)이 송풍하는 공기를 안내하는 팬 케이스(650)를 포함할 수 있다.The thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a fan case (650) in which a heat dissipation fan (600) is installed and which guides the air blown by the heat dissipation fan (600).
팬 케이스(650)는 모듈 플레이트(550)와 일체로 형성될 수도 있고, 별개로 마련될 수도 있다.The fan case (650) may be formed integrally with the module plate (550) or may be provided separately.
팬 케이스(650)는 방열팬(600)이 회전 가능하게 설치되는 케이스 바닥(660)과, 방열팬(600)으로부터 송풍되는 공기를 방열 싱크(520)를 향해 안내하도록 케이스 바닥(660)의 테두리에서 상측으로 연장된 케이스 스크롤부(670)를 포함할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)은 원심팬이며, 회전축(610)이 케이스 바닥(660)에 수직하도록 케이스 바닥(660)에 설치될 수 있다. 또한, 방열팬(600)의 일 반경 방향에 방열 싱크(520)가 위치하도록 마련될 수 있다. 이러한 구조로써, 열전 냉각 장치(400)의 전체의 수직 방향의 길이가 컴팩트해질 수 있다.The fan case (650) may include a case bottom (660) on which a heat dissipation fan (600) is rotatably installed, and a case scroll part (670) extending upward from the edge of the case bottom (660) to guide air blown from the heat dissipation fan (600) toward a heat dissipation sink (520). The heat dissipation fan (600) is a centrifugal fan, and may be installed on the case bottom (660) so that the rotation axis (610) is perpendicular to the case bottom (660). In addition, the heat dissipation sink (520) may be positioned in one radial direction of the heat dissipation fan (600). With this structure, the overall vertical length of the thermoelectric cooling device (400) can be made compact.
케이스 스크롤부(670)는 방열팬(600)을 에워싸도록 형성될 수 있다. 케이스 스크롤부(670)는 방열 싱크(520)를 향해 개방된 스크롤부 개구(673)를 가질 수 있다. 케이스 스크롤부(670)는 방열팬(600)의 회전 방향(R)에 따른 하류측 단부(671)와, 회전 방향(R)에 따른 상류측 단부(672)를 포함할 수 있다.The case scroll portion (670) may be formed to surround the heat dissipation fan (600). The case scroll portion (670) may have a scroll portion opening (673) open toward the heat dissipation sink (520). The case scroll portion (670) may include a downstream end (671) along the rotational direction (R) of the heat dissipation fan (600) and an upstream end (672) along the rotational direction (R).
팬 케이스(650)는 방열팬(600)으로부터 케이스 스크롤부(670)의 하류측 단부(671) 주변으로 유동하는 공기를 안내하기 위해 마련되는 케이스 가이드(680)를 포함할 수 있다.The fan case (650) may include a case guide (680) provided to guide air flowing from the heat dissipation fan (600) to the area around the downstream end (671) of the case scroll section (670).
방열 싱크(520)는 복수의 방열 핀들(525)을 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 방열 핀들(525)은 방열 싱크 베이스(521)의 상면(522)에서 돌출될 수 있다. 복수의 방열 핀들(525)은 방열 싱크 베이스(521)의 상면(522)에 수직한 방향으로 돌출될 수 있다.The heat sink (520) may include a plurality of heat dissipation fins (525). The plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) may protrude from the upper surface (522) of the heat dissipation sink base (521). The plurality of heat dissipation fins (525) may protrude in a direction perpendicular to the upper surface (522) of the heat dissipation sink base (521).
복수의 방열 핀들(525) 사이에는 방열 채널들이 형성될 수 있다.Heat dissipation channels may be formed between the plurality of heat dissipation fins (525).
방열팬(600)은 방열 싱크(520)를 향해 송풍할 수 있으며, 방열팬(600)에 의해 유동하는 공기는 방열 채널들을 통과하며 복수의 방열 핀들(525)과 열교환할 수 있다. The heat dissipation fan (600) can blow air toward the heat dissipation sink (520), and the air flowing by the heat dissipation fan (600) can pass through the heat dissipation channels and exchange heat with a plurality of heat dissipation fins (525).
냉각 싱크(570)는 복수의 냉각 핀들(575)을 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 냉각 핀들(575)은 냉각 싱크 베이스(571)의 하면에 평행한 방향으로 연장되도록 형성될 수 있다.The cooling sink (570) may include a plurality of cooling fins (575). The plurality of cooling fins (575) may be formed to extend in a direction parallel to the lower surface of the cooling sink base (571).
복수의 냉각 핀들(575) 사이에는 냉각 채널들이 형성될 수 있다.Cooling channels may be formed between the plurality of cooling fins (575).
냉각팬(800)에 의해 유동하는 공기는 냉각 채널들을 통과하며 복수의 냉각 핀들(575)과 열교환할 수 있다.Air flowing by the cooling fan (800) can pass through the cooling channels and exchange heat with a plurality of cooling fins (575).
도 7은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 구성의 일 예를 도시한 블록도이다.FIG. 7 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 7을 참조하면, 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)는 센서부(340), 냉각 사이클 장치(450), 열전 냉각 장치(400) 및/또는 제어부(350)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 7, a refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment may include a sensor unit (340), a cooling cycle device (450), a thermoelectric cooling device (400), and/or a control unit (350).
센서부(340)는 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터를 수집하는 적어도 하나의 센서를 포함할 수 있다. The sensor unit (340) may include at least one sensor that collects sensor data related to the refrigerator (1).
냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터는 냉장고(1)의 내부 환경(예: 내부 온도, 내부 습기, 내부 영상 등)에 관련된 데이터(예: 온도 데이터, 습도 데이터, 영상 데이터 등) 및/또는 냉장고(1)의 외부 환경(예: 외부 온도, 외부 습기, 사용자의 근접)과 관련된 데이터를 포함할 수 있다.Sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) may include data related to the internal environment of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., internal temperature, internal humidity, internal image, etc.) (e.g., temperature data, humidity data, image data, etc.) and/or data related to the external environment of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., external temperature, external humidity, proximity of a user).
냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터는 냉장고(1)의 구성(예: 냉각 사이클 장치(450), 열전 냉각 장치(400), 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24))의 상태와 관련된 데이터를 포함할 수 있다.Sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) may include data related to the status of the components of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., cooling cycle device (450), thermoelectric cooling device (400), doors (21, 22, 23, 24)).
예를 들어, 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터는 냉각 사이클 장치(450)의 동작 여부, 열전 냉각 장치(400)의 동작 여부, 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개폐 여부를 포함할 수 있다.For example, sensor data related to a refrigerator (1) may include whether the cooling cycle device (450) is operating, whether the thermoelectric cooling device (400) is operating, and whether the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are open or closed.
일 실시예에서, 센서부(340)는 제1 제상센서(111), 제2 제상센서(112), 고내 센서(341), 고외 센서(342), 및/또는 도어 센서(343)를 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the sensor unit (340) may include a first defrost sensor (111), a second defrost sensor (112), an internal sensor (341), an external sensor (342), and/or a door sensor (343).
그러나, 센서부(340)의 예는 이에 한정되는 것이 아니며, 앞서 설명된 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터를 수집할 수 있는 센서라면 센서부(340)의 일 예로 채용될 수 있다.However, the example of the sensor unit (340) is not limited thereto, and any sensor capable of collecting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) described above may be employed as an example of the sensor unit (340).
제1 제상센서(111)는 증발기(3)의 온도를 측정할 수 있다. 제1 제상센서(111)는 증발기(3)의 온도에 관한 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다.The first defrost sensor (111) can measure the temperature of the evaporator (3). The first defrost sensor (111) can transmit information about the temperature of the evaporator (3) to the control unit (350).
제2 제상센서(112)는 냉각 싱크(570)의 온도를 측정할 수 있다. 제2 제상센서(112)는 냉각 싱크(570)의 온도에 관한 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다.The second defrost sensor (112) can measure the temperature of the cooling sink (570). The second defrost sensor (112) can transmit information about the temperature of the cooling sink (570) to the control unit (350).
고내 센서(341)는 냉장고(1)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도 및/또는 습도를 측정할 수 있다. 고내 센서(341)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도 및/또는 습도에 관한 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다.The internal sensor (341) of the refrigerator (1) can measure the temperature and/or humidity of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13). The internal sensor (341) can transmit information about the temperature and/or humidity of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) to the control unit (350).
고외 센서(342)는 본체(100) 외부의 온도 및/또는 습도를 측정할 수 있다. 고외 센서(342)는 본체(100) 외부의 온도 및/또는 습도에 관한 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다.The external sensor (342) can measure the temperature and/or humidity outside the main body (100). The external sensor (342) can transmit information about the temperature and/or humidity outside the main body (100) to the control unit (350).
도어 센서(343)는 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개폐 여부를 감지할 수 있다. 도어 센서(343)는 도어들(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개폐와 관련된 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도어 센서(343)는 제1 저장실(11)을 개폐하는 제1 도어(21) 및/또는 제2 도어(22)의 개폐에 관한 정보를 제어부(350)로 전달할 수 있다.The door sensor (343) can detect whether the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) are open or closed. The door sensor (343) can transmit information related to the opening or closing of the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) to the control unit (350). For example, the door sensor (343) can transmit information related to the opening or closing of the first door (21) and/or the second door (22) that open or close the first storage compartment (11) to the control unit (350).
제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 센서부(340)로부터 전달된 정보에 기초하여 냉장고(1)의 각종 구성요소(예: 열전 냉각 장치(400), 냉각 사이클 장치(450))를 제어할 수 있다.The processor (351) of the control unit (350) can control various components of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., thermoelectric cooling device (400), cooling cycle device (450)) based on information transmitted from the sensor unit (340).
제어부(350)의 메모리(352)는 센서부(340)로부터 전달된 정보를 저장할 수 있다.The memory (352) of the control unit (350) can store information transmitted from the sensor unit (340).
냉각 사이클 장치(450)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 냉각할 수 있다.The cooling cycle device (450) can cool the storage room (11, 12, 13).
냉각 사이클 장치(450)는 압축기(2)와, 응축기(미도시)와, 팽창 장치(미도시)와, 증발기(3)를 포함할 수 있으며, 증발기(3)에서 생성된 냉기를 저장실(11, 12, 13)로 송풍하기 위한 증발기 팬(80)을 포함할 수 있다.The cooling cycle device (450) may include a compressor (2), a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3), and may include an evaporator fan (80) for blowing cold air generated in the evaporator (3) to a storage room (11, 12, 13).
증발기(3)에서 생성된 냉기는 제2 저장실(12) 또는 제3 저장실(13)로 토출될 수도 있고, 제1 증발기 덕트(60), 제2 증발기 덕트(70) 및 댐퍼(61)를 거쳐 제1 저장실(11)로 공급될 수도 있다.The cold air generated in the evaporator (3) may be discharged to the second storage room (12) or the third storage room (13), or may be supplied to the first storage room (11) through the first evaporator duct (60), the second evaporator duct (70), and the damper (61).
다양한 실시예에 따라, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클 장치(450)의 구동 시 댐퍼(61)의 개폐를 제어함으로써 제1 저장실(11)에 냉기가 공급되어야 하는 경우 댐퍼(61)를 개방하고, 제1 저장실(11)에 냉기가 공급될 필요가 없는 경우 댐퍼(61)를 폐쇄할 수 있다.According to various embodiments, the control unit (350) can open the damper (61) when cold air needs to be supplied to the first storage room (11) by controlling the opening and closing of the damper (61) when the cooling cycle device (450) is driven, and can close the damper (61) when cold air does not need to be supplied to the first storage room (11).
압축기(2)는 냉매를 압축하여, 압축된 냉매를 열교환기(예: 응축기(미도시)와, 팽창 장치(미도시)와, 증발기(3))로 공급할 수 있다.The compressor (2) can compress the refrigerant and supply the compressed refrigerant to a heat exchanger (e.g., a condenser (not shown), an expansion device (not shown), and an evaporator (3)).
제어부(350)는 압축기(2)를 제어함으로써 증발기(3)에서 생성되는 냉기의 온도를 조절할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 고내 센서(341)에 의해 측정된 온도가 소정의 목표 온도를 유지하도록 압축기(2)를 제어할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can control the temperature of the cold air generated in the evaporator (3) by controlling the compressor (2). For example, the control unit (350) can control the compressor (2) so that the temperature measured by the internal sensor (341) maintains a predetermined target temperature.
압축기(2)를 제어하는 것은, 압축기(2)를 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 압축기(2)를 구동하는 것은, 압축기(2)의 온/오프를 제어하거나, 압축기(2)의 동작 주파수를 제어하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Controlling the compressor (2) may include driving the compressor (2). Driving the compressor (2) may include controlling the on/off of the compressor (2) or controlling the operating frequency of the compressor (2).
압축기(2)를 구동하는 것은 증발기 팬(80)을 함께 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 압축기(2)를 구동하는 경우 증발기 팬(80)을 함께 구동할 수 있다.Driving the compressor (2) may include driving the evaporator fan (80) together. The control unit (350) may drive the evaporator fan (80) together when driving the compressor (2).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 저장실(11)을 냉각할 수 있다.The thermoelectric cooling device (400) can cool the storage room (11).
열전 냉각 장치(400)는 열전 소자(530)와, 방열팬(600)과 냉각팬(800)을 포함할 수 있다.A thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include a thermoelectric element (530), a heat dissipation fan (600), and a cooling fan (800).
열전 소자(530)는 전원을 인가 받으면 냉각 싱크(570)와 방열 싱크(520) 사이의 열 교환이 이루어지도록 할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 열전 소자(530)는 전기 에너지를 열 에너지로 변환하여 발열부(531)에서 발열 작용이 일어나고 냉각부(532)에서 흡열 작용이 일어나도록 할 수 있다.When power is supplied to the thermoelectric element (530), heat exchange can occur between the cooling sink (570) and the heat sink (520). For example, the thermoelectric element (530) can convert electrical energy into thermal energy, thereby causing a heat generation process in the heating element (531) and an absorption process in the cooling element (532).
발열부(531)에서 발열 작용이 일어나면, 발열부(531)와 접촉된 방열 싱크(520)에 의해 따뜻해진 공기는 본체(100)의 외부로 배출되고, 냉각부(532)와 접촉된 냉각 싱크(570)에 의해 차가워진 공기는 저장실(11)에 공급될 수 있다.When heat generation occurs in the heating unit (531), air warmed by the heat sink (520) in contact with the heating unit (531) is discharged to the outside of the main body (100), and air cooled by the cooling sink (570) in contact with the cooling unit (532) can be supplied to the storage room (11).
제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 열전 소자(530)에 전원을 인가하는 구동회로를 제어하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530). Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include controlling a driving circuit that applies power to the thermoelectric element (530).
열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 열전 소자(530)를 온(ON)시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 열전 소자(530)를 소정의 듀티비로 온/오프하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include turning the thermoelectric element (530) on. Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include turning the thermoelectric element (530) on/off at a predetermined duty ratio.
열전 소자(530)를 온(ON)시키는 것은, 열전 소자(530)에게 전기 에너지를 공급하는 것, 즉, 열전 소자(530)에게 전원을 공급하는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)에게 전원을 공급하는 것은 열전 소자(530)에게 전압 및/또는 전류를 인가하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Turning on the thermoelectric element (530) may include supplying electrical energy to the thermoelectric element (530), i.e., supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530). Supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530) may include applying voltage and/or current to the thermoelectric element (530).
열전 소자(530)를 오프(OFF)시키는 것은, 열전 소자(530)에게 전기 에너지를 공급하지 않는 것, 즉, 열전 소자(530)에게 전원을 공급하지 않는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)에게 전원을 공급하지 않는 것은 열전 소자(530)에게 전압 및/또는 전류를 인가하지 않는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Turning off the thermoelectric element (530) may include not supplying electrical energy to the thermoelectric element (530), i.e., not supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530). Not supplying power to the thermoelectric element (530) may include not applying voltage and/or current to the thermoelectric element (530).
열전 소자(530)가 구동되면 방열 싱크(520)는 발열부(531)에 접촉하여 발열부(531)의 열을 흡수하고 본체(100) 외부로 열을 방출할 수 있다.When the thermoelectric element (530) is driven, the heat sink (520) can contact the heating element (531) to absorb the heat of the heating element (531) and release the heat to the outside of the main body (100).
열전 소자(530)가 구동되면 냉각 싱크(570)는 저장실(11)의 열을 빼앗아 냉각부(532)로 전달함으로써 저장실(11)을 냉각시킬 수 있다.When the thermoelectric element (530) is driven, the cooling sink (570) can cool the storage room (11) by taking away the heat from the storage room (11) and transferring it to the cooling unit (532).
방열팬(600)은 본체(100) 외부의 공기를 흡입하여 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환하도록 안내하고, 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환한 공기를 다시 본체(100) 외부로 배출할 수 있다.The heat dissipation fan (600) guides air from outside the main body (100) to exchange heat with the heat dissipation sink (520), and can discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) back to the outside of the main body (100).
제어부(350)는 방열팬(600)을 제어할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)을 제어하는 것은, 방열팬(600)의 팬 모터를 제어하는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)을 제어하는 것은, 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것과 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것은 방열팬(600)을 소정의 속도로 회전시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것을 방열팬(600)의 회전을 정지시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can control the heat dissipation fan (600). Controlling the heat dissipation fan (600) may include controlling the fan motor of the heat dissipation fan (600). Controlling the heat dissipation fan (600) may include driving the heat dissipation fan (600) and turning off the heat dissipation fan (600). Driving the heat dissipation fan (600) may include rotating the heat dissipation fan (600) at a predetermined speed. Turning off the heat dissipation fan (600) may include stopping the rotation of the heat dissipation fan (600).
방열팬(600)의 팬 모터는 속도가 제어 가능한 BLDC 모터를 포함할 수 있다.The fan motor of the heat dissipation fan (600) may include a BLDC motor whose speed can be controlled.
방열팬(600)이 동작함에 따라 방열 싱크(520)와 열교환한 공기가 유동함으로써 방열 싱크(520)가 빠르게 방열할 수 있다. 방열 싱크(520)가 빠르게 방열함에 따라 발열부(531)에서의 발열 작용과 냉각부(532)에서의 흡열 작용이 원활히 일어날 수 있다.As the heat dissipation fan (600) operates, the air that has exchanged heat with the heat dissipation sink (520) flows, allowing the heat dissipation sink (520) to quickly dissipate heat. As the heat dissipation sink (520) quickly dissipates heat, the heat generation action in the heating part (531) and the heat absorption action in the cooling part (532) can occur smoothly.
냉각팬(800)은 저장실(11) 내부의 공기를 흡입하여 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환시키고, 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환한 공기를 다시 저장실(11) 내부로 배출할 수 있다.The cooling fan (800) can suck in air inside the storage room (11), exchange heat with the cooling sink (570), and discharge the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) back into the storage room (11).
제어부(350)는 냉각팬(800)을 제어할 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)을 제어하는 것은, 냉각팬(800)의 팬 모터를 제어하는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)을 제어하는 것은, 냉각팬(800)을 구동하는 것과 냉각팬(800)을 오프시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)을 구동하는 것은 냉각팬(800)을 소정의 속도로 회전시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다. 냉각팬(800)을 오프시키는 것을 냉각팬(800)의 회전을 정지시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can control the cooling fan (800). Controlling the cooling fan (800) may include controlling the fan motor of the cooling fan (800). Controlling the cooling fan (800) may include driving the cooling fan (800) and turning off the cooling fan (800). Driving the cooling fan (800) may include rotating the cooling fan (800) at a predetermined speed. Turning off the cooling fan (800) may include stopping the rotation of the cooling fan (800).
냉각팬(800)의 팬 모터는 속도가 제어 가능한 BLDC 모터를 포함할 수 있다.The fan motor of the cooling fan (800) may include a BLDC motor whose speed can be controlled.
냉각팬(800)이 동작함에 따라 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환한 공기가 유동함으로써 저장실(11) 내부를 빠르게 냉각할 수 있다. 냉각 싱크(570)와 열교환한 공기가 유동함에 따라 발열부(531)에서의 발열 작용과 냉각부(532)에서의 흡열 작용이 원활히 일어날 수 있다.As the cooling fan (800) operates, the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) flows, thereby rapidly cooling the interior of the storage chamber (11). As the air that has exchanged heat with the cooling sink (570) flows, the heat generation action in the heating unit (531) and the heat absorption action in the cooling unit (532) can occur smoothly.
제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 경우 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can drive the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when driving the thermoelectric element (530).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)가 온된 것에 기초하여 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동할 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)가 온된 것에 기초하여 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것은, 열전 소자(530)가 온된 후 소정의 시간이 경과하면 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것 및/또는 열전 소자(530)가 온되기 소정의 시간 전에 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것 및/또는 열전 소자(530)가 온될 때 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) may drive the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned on. Driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned on may include driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) after a predetermined time has elapsed after the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on and/or driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) before a predetermined time before the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on and/or driving the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when the thermoelectric element (530) is turned on.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)가 오프된 것에 기초하여 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 오프시킬 수 있다. 열전 소자(530)가 오프된 것에 기초하여 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것은, 열전 소자(530)가 오프된 후 소정의 시간이 경과하면 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것 및/또는 열전 소자(530)가 오프되기 소정의 시간 전에 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것 및/또는 열전 소자(530)가 오프될 때 냉각팬(800)과 방열팬(600)을 오프시키는 것을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) may turn off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned off. Turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) based on the thermoelectric element (530) being turned off may include turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) after a predetermined time has elapsed after the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off and/or turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) before a predetermined time before the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off and/or turning off the cooling fan (800) and the heat dissipation fan (600) when the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off.
본 개시에서 특정 구성을 구동하는 것의 반대 개념은 특정 구성을 오프시키는 것 또는 특정 구성을 구동하지 않는 것일 수 있다.The opposite of driving a particular configuration in this disclosure may be turning off a particular configuration or not driving a particular configuration.
본 개시에서 냉각 사이클 장치(450)를 구동하는 것은 압축기(2)를 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.In the present disclosure, driving the cooling cycle device (450) may include driving the compressor (2).
본 개시에서 열전 냉각 장치(400)를 구동하는 것은, 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.In the present disclosure, driving the thermoelectric cooling device (400) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530).
냉장고(1)는 외부장치(예: 서버, 사용자 기기)와 유선 및/또는 무선으로 통신하기 위한 통신 인터페이스(360)를 포함할 수 있다.The refrigerator (1) may include a communication interface (360) for communicating with an external device (e.g., a server, a user device) via wires and/or wirelessly.
통신 인터페이스(360)는 외부장치와 데이터를 송수신하기 위한 통신 모듈을 제어하는 적어도 하나의 프로세서(361) 및 통신 모듈을 제어하기 위한 프로그램 및 데이터가 저장된 적어도 하나의 메모리(362)를 포함할 수 있다.The communication interface (360) may include at least one processor (361) that controls a communication module for transmitting and receiving data with an external device and at least one memory (362) that stores a program and data for controlling the communication module.
적어도 하나의 메모리(362)는 다양한 실시 예를 위해 필요한 데이터를 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(362)는 데이터 저장 용도에 따라 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리 형태로 구현되거나, 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리 형태로 구현될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)의 구동을 위한 데이터의 경우 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리에 저장되고, 냉장고(1)의 확장 기능을 위한 데이터의 경우 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리에 저장될 수 있다. 한편, 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리의 경우 휘발성 메모리(예: DRAM(dynamic RAM), SRAM(static RAM), 또는 SDRAM(synchronous dynamic RAM) 등), 비휘발성 메모리(non-volatile Memory)(예: OTPROM(one time programmable ROM), PROM(programmable ROM), EPROM(erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM(electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, 플래시 메모리(예: NAND flash 또는 NOR flash 등), 하드 드라이브, 또는 솔리드 스테이트 드라이브(solid state drive(SSD)) 중 적어도 하나로 구현될 수 있다. 또한, 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리의 경우 메모리 카드(예를 들어, CF(compact flash), SD(secure digital), Micro-SD(micro secure digital), Mini-SD(mini secure digital), xD(extreme digital), MMC(multi-media card) 등), USB 포트에 연결가능한 외부 메모리(예를 들어, USB 메모리) 등과 같은 형태로 구현될 수 있다.At least one memory (362) can store data required for various embodiments. The memory (362) may be implemented as a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) or as a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1) depending on the purpose of data storage. For example, data for operating the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1), and data for expanding the functions of the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1). Meanwhile, in the case of memory embedded in the refrigerator (1), it may be implemented as at least one of volatile memory (e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)), non-volatile memory (e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND flash or NOR flash), hard drive, or solid state drive (SSD)). In addition, in the case of memory that can be attached or detached to the refrigerator (1), it may be implemented in the form of a memory card (e.g., CF (compact flash), SD (secure digital), Micro-SD (micro secure digital), Mini-SD (mini secure digital), xD (extreme digital), MMC (multi-media card)), external memory that can be connected to a USB port (e.g., USB memory), etc.
다양한 실시예에 따라, 적어도 하나의 메모리(352, 362)는 학습된 인공지능 모델(예: 온도 예측 모델)을 저장할 수 있으며, 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는 학습된 인공지능 모델(예: 온도 예측 모델)을 이용하여 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다.According to various embodiments, at least one memory (352, 362) can store a learned artificial intelligence model (e.g., a temperature prediction model), and at least one processor (351, 361) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) using the learned artificial intelligence model (e.g., a temperature prediction model).
다양한 실시예에 따라, 학습된 인공지능 모델(예: 온도 예측 모델)은 외부 장치(예: 서버)에 저장되어 있을 수도 있다.In various embodiments, the learned artificial intelligence model (e.g., a temperature prediction model) may be stored on an external device (e.g., a server).
온도 예측 모델은 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터를 입력 데이터로 이용하여 가까운 미래의 저장실(11)의 온도 값(이하 '예측 온도 값')을 출력하도록 학습될 수 있다. 여기서, 가까운 미래는 현재 시점으로부터 소정의 시간(예: 10분)이 경과한 시점을 의미할 수 있다.A temperature prediction model can be trained to output a temperature value (hereinafter, "predicted temperature value") of a storage room (11) in the near future using sensor data related to a refrigerator (1) as input data. Here, the near future may mean a time point after a predetermined period of time (e.g., 10 minutes) has elapsed from the present time point.
온도 예측 모델은 센서부(340)에 의해 수집된 센서 데이터를 이용하여 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 출력할 수 있다.The temperature prediction model can output a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) using sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340).
저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값은, 현재 시점으로부터 소정의 시간(예: 10분)이 경과한 시점에서 예측되는 저장실(11)의 온도 값을 의미할 수 있다.The predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) may mean the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) at a point in time when a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 10 minutes) has elapsed from the current point in time.
일 실시예에서, 냉장고(1)는 온도 예측 모델을 이용하여 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다. 일 실시예에서, 냉장고(1)는 특정 조건이 만족된 경우에만 온도 예측 모델을 이용하여 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the refrigerator (1) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) using a temperature prediction model. In one embodiment, the refrigerator (1) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) using the temperature prediction model only when a specific condition is satisfied.
냉장고(1)의 제어부(350)와 통신 인터페이스(360)는 유선 또는 무선으로 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)와 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)는 서로 유선 또는 무선으로 각종 정보, 명령 또는 지시를 송수신할 수 있다.The control unit (350) and the communication interface (360) of the refrigerator (1) can be connected wired or wirelessly. For example, the processor (351) of the control unit (350) and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can transmit and receive various information, commands, or instructions to each other wired or wirelessly.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)의 메모리(352)에 온도 예측 모델이 저장되어 있고 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)가 인공지능 모델의 동작을 수행할 수 있는 경우, 프로세서(351)는 메모리(352)에 저장된 온도 예측 모델을 실행하고, 온도 예측 모델에 센서부(340)로부터 수집된 센서 데이터를 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다. In one embodiment, when a temperature prediction model is stored in the memory (352) of the control unit (350) and the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can perform the operation of the artificial intelligence model, the processor (351) can execute the temperature prediction model stored in the memory (352) and obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model.
그러나, 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 냉장고(1)의 전반적인 구성들(예: 열전 냉각 장치(400) 및 냉각 사이클 장치(450))을 제어하기 위한 구성이기에, 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)가 온도 예측 모델까지 실행하기에는 데이터 처리 로드가 과중될 수 있다.However, since the processor (351) of the control unit (350) is configured to control the overall configuration of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and the cooling cycle device (450)), the data processing load may be excessive for the processor (351) of the control unit (350) to execute the temperature prediction model.
일 실시예에서, 통신 인터페이스(360)의 메모리(362)에 온도 예측 모델이 저장되어 있고 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)가 인공지능 모델의 동작을 수행할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)에게 온도 예측 모델의 수행을 지시할 수 있고, 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)는 지시를 수신한 것에 응답하여 온도 예측 모델에 센서부(340)로부터 수집된 센서 데이터를 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 이를 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)에게 전달할 수 있다.In one embodiment, a temperature prediction model is stored in the memory (362) of the communication interface (360), and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can perform the operation of the artificial intelligence model. In this case, the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can instruct the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) to perform the temperature prediction model, and the processor (361) of the communication interface (360) can, in response to receiving the instruction, input sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model to obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11), and transmit it to the processor (351) of the control unit (350).
제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 온도 예측 모델의 수행을 지시하는 경우 센서부(340)에 의해 수집된 센서 데이터를 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)로 전달할 수 있다.When the processor (351) of the control unit (350) instructs the execution of a temperature prediction model, it can transmit sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340) to the processor (361) of the communication interface (360).
본 개시에 따르면, 통신 인터페이스(360)의 프로세서(361)를 이용하여 온도 예측 모델을 실행함으로써 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)의 데이터 처리 부담을 완화할 수 있다.According to the present disclosure, the data processing burden of the processor (351) of the control unit (350) can be alleviated by executing a temperature prediction model using the processor (361) of the communication interface (360).
한편, 다양한 실시예에 따라, 외부 장치에 온도 예측 모델이 저장되어 있고 외부 장치가 인공지능 모델의 동작을 수행할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 통신 인터페이스(360)를 제어하여 외부 장치에게 온도 예측 모델의 수행을 지시할 수 있고, 외부 장치는 지시를 수신한 것에 응답하여 온도 예측 모델에 센서부(340)로부터 수집된 센서 데이터를 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 이를 제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)에게 전달할 수 있다.Meanwhile, according to various embodiments, a temperature prediction model may be stored in an external device and the external device may perform the operation of the artificial intelligence model. In this case, the processor (351) of the control unit (350) may control the communication interface (360) to instruct the external device to perform the temperature prediction model, and the external device may, in response to receiving the instruction, input sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model to obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11), and transmit the same to the processor (351) of the control unit (350).
제어부(350)의 프로세서(351)는 온도 예측 모델의 수행을 지시하는 경우 센서부(340)에 의해 수집된 센서 데이터를 통신 인터페이스(360)를 통해 외부 장치로 전달할 수 있다.When the processor (351) of the control unit (350) instructs the execution of a temperature prediction model, it can transmit sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340) to an external device through a communication interface (360).
일 실시예에서, 데이터 처리 부담을 완화하기 위해 냉장고(1)는 소정의 조건이 만족된 경우(예: 쿨링 모드가 시작된 경우)에 미리 설정된 주기마다 온도 예측 모델을 실행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, to alleviate the data processing burden, the refrigerator (1) can execute the temperature prediction model at preset intervals when a predetermined condition is satisfied (e.g., when the cooling mode is started).
통신 인터페이스(360)는 외부장치(예: 서버, 사용자 기기)에 데이터를 전송하거나, 외부장치로부터 데이터를 수신할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 통신 인터페이스(360)는 외부장치 간의 직접(예: 유선) 통신 채널 또는 무선 통신 채널의 수립, 및 수립된 통신 채널을 통한 통신 수행을 지원할 수 있다. 일 실시예에 따르면, 통신 인터페이스(360)는 무선 통신 모듈(예: 셀룰러 통신 모듈, 근거리 무선 통신 모듈, 또는 GNSS(global navigation satellite system) 통신 모듈) 또는 유선 통신 모듈(예: LAN(local area network) 통신 모듈, 또는 전력선 통신 모듈)을 포함할 수 있다. 이들 통신 모듈 중 해당하는 통신 모듈은 제 1 네트워크(예: 블루투스, WiFi(wireless fidelity) direct 또는 IrDA(infrared data association)와 같은 근거리 통신 네트워크) 또는 제 2 네트워크(예: 레거시 셀룰러 네트워크, 5G 네트워크, 차세대 통신 네트워크, 인터넷, 또는 컴퓨터 네트워크(예: LAN 또는 WAN)와 같은 원거리 통신 네트워크)를 통하여 외부장치와 통신할 수 있다. 이런 여러 종류의 통신 모듈들은 하나의 구성요소(예: 단일 칩)로 통합되거나, 또는 서로 별도의 복수의 구성요소들(예: 복수 칩들)로 구현될 수 있다.The communication interface (360) can transmit data to an external device (e.g., a server, a user device) or receive data from an external device. To this end, the communication interface (360) can support the establishment of a direct (e.g., wired) communication channel or a wireless communication channel between the external devices, and the performance of communication through the established communication channel. According to one embodiment, the communication interface (360) can include a wireless communication module (e.g., a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module) or a wired communication module (e.g., a local area network (LAN) communication module, or a power line communication module). Among these communication modules, a corresponding communication module can communicate with the external device through a first network (e.g., a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)) or a second network (e.g., a long-range communication network such as a legacy cellular network, a 5G network, a next-generation communication network, the Internet, or a computer network (e.g., a LAN or WAN)). These different types of communication modules may be integrated into a single component (e.g., a single chip) or implemented as multiple separate components (e.g., multiple chips).
근거리 통신 모듈(short-range wireless communication module)은 블루투스 통신 모듈, BLE(Bluetooth Low Energy) 통신 모듈, 근거리 무선 통신 모듈(Near Field Communication module), WLAN(와이파이) 통신 모듈, 지그비(Zigbee) 통신 모듈, 적외선(IrDA, infrared Data Association) 통신 모듈, WFD(Wi-Fi Direct) 통신 모듈, UWB(ultrawideband) 통신 모듈, Ant+ 통신 모듈, 마이크로 웨이브(uWave) 통신 모듈 등을 포함할 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다. The short-range wireless communication module may include, but is not limited to, a Bluetooth communication module, a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) communication module, a near field communication module, a WLAN (Wi-Fi) communication module, a Zigbee communication module, an infrared (IrDA, infrared Data Association) communication module, a WFD (Wi-Fi Direct) communication module, an UWB (ultrawideband) communication module, an Ant+ communication module, a microwave (uWave) communication module, etc.
원거리 통신 모듈은, 다양한 종류의 원거리 통신을 수행하는 통신 모듈을 포함할 수 있으며, 이동 통신 인터페이스를 포함할 수 있다. 이동 통신 인터페이스는 이동 통신망 상에서 기지국, 외부의 단말, 서버 중 적어도 하나와 무선 신호를 송수신한다.The remote communication module may include a communication module that performs various types of remote communication and may include a mobile communication interface. The mobile communication interface transmits and receives wireless signals with at least one of a base station, an external terminal, and a server on a mobile communication network.
일 실시예에서, 통신 인터페이스(360)는 주변의 접속 중계기(AP: Access point)를 통해 외부장치와 통신할 수 있다. 접속 중계기(AP)는 냉장고(1)가 연결된 지역 네트워크(LAN)를 서버가 연결된 광역 네트워크(WAN)에 연결시킬 수 있다. 냉장고(1)는 광역 네트워크(WAN)를 통해 서버에 연결될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the communication interface (360) can communicate with external devices via a peripheral access point (AP). The access point (AP) can connect the local area network (LAN) to which the refrigerator (1) is connected to a wide area network (WAN) to which the server is connected. The refrigerator (1) can be connected to the server via the wide area network (WAN).
냉장고(1)는 통신 인터페이스(360)를 통해 외부장치로부터 각종 신호(예: 원격 지시)를 수신할 수 있다.The refrigerator (1) can receive various signals (e.g., remote instructions) from an external device through a communication interface (360).
냉장고(1)는 통신 인터페이스(360)를 통해 외부장치에게 각종 신호를 전송할 수 있다.The refrigerator (1) can transmit various signals to an external device through a communication interface (360).
제어부(350)는 냉장고(1)의 동작을 제어하는 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351) 및 냉장고(1)의 동작을 제어하기 위한 프로그램 및 데이터가 저장된 적어도 하나의 메모리(352)를 포함할 수 있다.The control unit (350) may include at least one processor (351) that controls the operation of the refrigerator (1) and at least one memory (352) that stores a program and data for controlling the operation of the refrigerator (1).
적어도 하나의 메모리(352)는 다양한 실시 예를 위해 필요한 데이터를 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(352)는 데이터 저장 용도에 따라 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리 형태로 구현되거나, 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리 형태로 구현될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)의 구동을 위한 데이터의 경우 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리에 저장되고, 냉장고(1)의 확장 기능을 위한 데이터의 경우 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리에 저장될 수 있다. 한편, 냉장고(1)에 임베디드된 메모리의 경우 휘발성 메모리(예: DRAM(dynamic RAM), SRAM(static RAM), 또는 SDRAM(synchronous dynamic RAM) 등), 비휘발성 메모리(non-volatile Memory)(예: OTPROM(one time programmable ROM), PROM(programmable ROM), EPROM(erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM(electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, 플래시 메모리(예: NAND flash 또는 NOR flash 등), 하드 드라이브, 또는 솔리드 스테이트 드라이브(solid state drive(SSD)) 중 적어도 하나로 구현될 수 있다. 또한, 냉장고(1)에 탈부착이 가능한 메모리의 경우 메모리 카드(예를 들어, CF(compact flash), SD(secure digital), Micro-SD(micro secure digital), Mini-SD(mini secure digital), xD(extreme digital), MMC(multi-media card) 등), USB 포트에 연결가능한 외부 메모리(예를 들어, USB 메모리) 등과 같은 형태로 구현될 수 있다.At least one memory (352) can store data required for various embodiments. The memory (352) may be implemented as a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1) or as a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1) depending on the purpose of data storage. For example, data for operating the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory embedded in the refrigerator (1), and data for expanding the functions of the refrigerator (1) may be stored in a memory detachable from the refrigerator (1). Meanwhile, in the case of memory embedded in the refrigerator (1), it may be implemented as at least one of volatile memory (e.g., DRAM (dynamic RAM), SRAM (static RAM), or SDRAM (synchronous dynamic RAM)), non-volatile memory (e.g., OTPROM (one time programmable ROM), PROM (programmable ROM), EPROM (erasable and programmable ROM), EEPROM (electrically erasable and programmable ROM), mask ROM, flash ROM, flash memory (e.g., NAND flash or NOR flash), hard drive, or solid state drive (SSD)). In addition, in the case of memory that can be attached or detached to the refrigerator (1), it may be implemented in the form of a memory card (e.g., CF (compact flash), SD (secure digital), Micro-SD (micro secure digital), Mini-SD (mini secure digital), xD (extreme digital), MMC (multi-media card)), external memory that can be connected to a USB port (e.g., USB memory), etc.
적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 냉장고(1)의 동작을 전반적으로 제어한다. 구체적으로, 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 냉장고(1)의 각 구성(예: 센서부(340), 냉각 사이클 장치(450), 열전 냉각 장치(400), 통신 인터페이스(360))과 연결되어 냉장고(1)의 동작을 전반적으로 제어할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 메모리(352)와 전기적으로 연결되어 냉장고(1)의 전반적인 동작을 제어할 수 있다. 프로세서(351)는 하나 또는 복수의 프로세서로 구성될 수 있다.At least one processor (351) controls the overall operation of the refrigerator (1). Specifically, at least one processor (351) is connected to each component of the refrigerator (1) (e.g., sensor unit (340), cooling cycle device (450), thermoelectric cooling device (400), communication interface (360)) to control the overall operation of the refrigerator (1). For example, at least one processor (351) is electrically connected to a memory (352) to control the overall operation of the refrigerator (1). The processor (351) may be composed of one or more processors.
적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 메모리(352)에 저장된 적어도 하나의 인스트럭션(instruction)을 실행함으로써, 다양한 실시 예에 따른 냉장고(1)의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.At least one processor (351) can perform operations of the refrigerator (1) according to various embodiments by executing at least one instruction stored in the memory (352).
적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 CPU (Central Processing Unit), GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), APU (Accelerated Processing Unit), MIC (Many Integrated Core), DSP (Digital Signal Processor), NPU (Neural Processing Unit), 하드웨어 가속기 또는 머신 러닝 가속기 중 하나 이상을 포함할 수 있다. 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 냉장고(1)의 다른 구성요소 중 하나 또는 임의의 조합을 제어할 수 있으며, 통신에 관한 동작 또는 데이터 처리를 수행할 수 있다. 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 메모리(352)에 저장된 적어도 하나의 프로그램 또는 명령어(instruction)를 실행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351)는 메모리(352)에 저장된 적어도 하나의 명령어를 실행함으로써, 본 개시의 적어도 하나의 실시 예에 따른 방법을 수행할 수 있다.At least one processor (351) may include one or more of a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), an APU (Accelerated Processing Unit), an MIC (Many Integrated Core), a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), an NPU (Neural Processing Unit), a hardware accelerator, or a machine learning accelerator. At least one processor (351) may control one or any combination of other components of the refrigerator (1), and may perform operations related to communication or data processing. At least one processor (351) may execute at least one program or instruction stored in the memory (352). For example, at least one processor (351) may perform a method according to at least one embodiment of the present disclosure by executing at least one instruction stored in the memory (352).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 다양한 방식으로 냉각운전을 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can perform cooling operation in various ways.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)에 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의해 생성된 냉기만을 공급하기 위해, 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530) 중 열전 소자(530)만을 구동함으로써 냉각운전을 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply only the cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) to the storage room (11).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)에 냉각 사이클 장치에서 생성된 냉기만을 공급하기 위해, 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530) 중 압축기(2)만을 구동함으로써 냉각운전을 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving only the compressor (2) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply only the cold generated in the cooling cycle device to the storage room (11).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)에 열전 냉각 장치(400)에 의해 생성된 냉기와 냉각 사이클 장치에서 생성된 냉기를 함께 공급하기 위해, 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)를 모두 구동함으로써 냉각운전을 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can perform cooling operation by driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to supply both the cold air generated by the thermoelectric cooling device (400) and the cold air generated by the cooling cycle device to the storage room (11).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13) 현재 온도와 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 목표 온도에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the current temperature of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) and the target temperature of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13).
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 온도가 제1 저장실(11)의 목표 온도(이하 '제1 목표 온도')보다 높은 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제어부(350)는 댐퍼(61)를 개방할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the temperature of the first storage room (11) being higher than the target temperature (hereinafter, “first target temperature”) of the first storage room (11). In this case, the control unit (350) may open the damper (61).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 설정 온도(이하 '제1 설정 온도')에 기초하여 제1 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다. 여기서, 설정 온도는 사용자에 의해 설정될 수 있는 온도를 의미할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) may determine the first target temperature based on the set temperature of the first storage chamber (11) (hereinafter referred to as the “first set temperature”). Here, the set temperature may refer to a temperature that can be set by a user.
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 센서부(340)로부터 수집된 센서 데이터(예: 고외 온도 데이터, 고외 습도 데이터 등)에 기초하여 제1 설정 온도를 보정하여 제1 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제1 목표 온도는 제1 설정 온도와 유사하거나 동일할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may determine the first target temperature by correcting the first set temperature based on sensor data (e.g., high-temperature data, high-humidity data, etc.) collected from the sensor unit (340). Accordingly, the first target temperature may be similar to or identical to the first set temperature.
제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 온도가 제1 목표 온도 이하로 떨어진 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지함으로써 냉각 사이클을 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can end the cooling cycle by stopping the operation of the compressor (2) based on the temperature of the first storage chamber (11) falling below the first target temperature.
또 다른 예로, 제어부(350)는 제2 저장실(12)의 온도가 제2 저장실(12)의 목표 온도(이하 '제2 목표 온도')보다 높은 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 온도에 따라 댐퍼(61)를 개방하거나 폐쇄할 수 있다.As another example, the control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the temperature of the second storage chamber (12) being higher than the target temperature (hereinafter referred to as the “second target temperature”) of the second storage chamber (12). In this case, the control unit (350) may open or close the damper (61) depending on the temperature of the first storage chamber (11).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 제2 저장실(12)의 설정 온도(이하 '제2 설정 온도')에 기초하여 제2 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can determine the second target temperature based on the set temperature of the second storage room (12) (hereinafter, “second set temperature”).
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 센서부(340)로부터 수집된 센서 데이터에 기초하여 제2 설정 온도를 보정하여 제2 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제2 목표 온도는 제2 설정 온도와 유사하거나 동일할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may determine the second target temperature by correcting the second set temperature based on sensor data collected from the sensor unit (340). Accordingly, the second target temperature may be similar to or identical to the second set temperature.
제어부(350)는 제2 저장실(11)의 온도가 제2 목표 온도 이하로 떨어진 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지함으로써 냉각 사이클을 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can end the cooling cycle by stopping the operation of the compressor (2) based on the temperature of the second storage chamber (11) falling below the second target temperature.
본 개시에서 냉각 사이클은 압축기(2)의 구동이 시작된 시점으로부터 압축기(2)의 구동이 종료된 시점 사이를 의미할 수 있다.In the present disclosure, the cooling cycle may mean a period between the time when the operation of the compressor (2) starts and the time when the operation of the compressor (2) ends.
본 개시에서 냉장고(1)가 냉각 사이클을 수행한 횟수는 압축기(2)의 구동이 시작된 후 압축기(2)의 구동이 종료된 횟수를 의미할 수 있다.In the present disclosure, the number of times the refrigerator (1) performs a cooling cycle may mean the number of times the operation of the compressor (2) is terminated after the operation of the compressor (2) is started.
일 실시예에서, 압축기(2)의 구동 조건과 열전 소자(530)의 구동 조건은 서로 독립적일 수 있다.In one embodiment, the driving conditions of the compressor (2) and the driving conditions of the thermoelectric element (530) may be independent of each other.
종래 기술에 따르면, 냉장고는 저장실의 온도가 목표 온도 이상으로 상승한 경우에만 압축기를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하였다. 저장실의 온도가 목표 온도 이상으로 상승한 경우에 비로소 냉각 사이클을 수행한다면, 저장실에 열 용량이 큰 물체가 수납되거나 도어의 개방 시간이 길어 저장실의 급격한 온도 상승이 예측되는 경우 저장실의 온도가 목표 온도에서 많이 벗어날 수 있다.Conventional refrigerators operate the compressor to perform the cooling cycle only when the storage compartment temperature rises above the target temperature. If the cooling cycle is only performed when the storage compartment temperature rises above the target temperature, the temperature in the storage compartment may deviate significantly from the target temperature if the storage compartment contains objects with a high thermal mass or the door is opened for a long time, which could lead to a rapid temperature rise.
이러한 문제점을 해결하기 위해, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)는 온도 예측 모델을 이용하여 저장실(11)의 급격한 온도 상승이 예측되는 경우 열전 소자(530)를 구동하고, 더 나아가 선택적으로 압축기(2)까지 구동함으로써 저장실(11)의 급격한 온도 상승을 방지할 수 있다.To solve this problem, a refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment of the present disclosure can prevent a rapid temperature rise in the storage compartment (11) by driving a thermoelectric element (530) and, furthermore, optionally driving a compressor (2) when a rapid temperature rise in the storage compartment (11) is predicted using a temperature prediction model.
한편, 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)는 상술하여 설명한 구성들 외에도 다양한 구성을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)는 사용자 입력을 수신하고, 사용자에게 각종 정보를 제공하여 사용자와 상호 작용을 하기 위한 사용자 인터페이스 장치(예: 디스플레이, 입력 장치, 스피커 등)를 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment may include various configurations in addition to the configurations described above. For example, the refrigerator (1) may include a user interface device (e.g., a display, an input device, a speaker, etc.) for receiving user input and providing various types of information to the user to interact with the user.
도 8은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 저장실을 냉각하기 위한 방법의 순서도의 일 예를 도시한다.FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a flowchart of a method for cooling a storage compartment of a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 8을 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 제1 냉각 조건(cooling condition)을 만족했는지 여부를 판단할 수 있다(1100). 여기서, 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도는 고내 센서(341)에 의해 측정된 현 시점에서의 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도를 의미할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 8, the control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the first cooling condition (1100). Here, the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) may refer to the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) at the current point in time as measured by the internal sensor (341).
제1 냉각 조건은 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도와 관련된 조건이라는 점에 있어서, 온도 조건으로 호칭될 수도 있다.The first cooling condition may also be referred to as a temperature condition, as it is a condition related to the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13).
제1 냉각 조건은 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 목표 온도를 초과한 것을 포함할 수 있다.The first cooling condition may include that the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) exceeds the target temperature.
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 목표 온도를 초과한 것에 기초하여 제1 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) exceeding the target temperature.
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 온도가 제1 목표 온도를 초과한 것에 기초하여 제1 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제2 저장실(12)의 온도가 제2 목표 온도를 초과한 것에 기초하여 제1 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제3 저장실(13)의 온도가 제3 목표 온도를 초과한 것에 기초하여 제1 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the first storage compartment (11) exceeding the first target temperature. The control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the second storage compartment (12) exceeding the second target temperature. The control unit (350) may determine that the first cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the third storage compartment (13) exceeding the third target temperature.
제1 냉각 조건은 급속 냉각 조건을 더 포함할 수 있다.The first cooling condition may further include a rapid cooling condition.
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 급속 냉각 조건(rapid cooling condition)을 만족했는지 여부를 판단할 수 있다(1110).The control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the rapid cooling condition (1110).
급속 냉각 조건은 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 목표 온도를 초과하고, 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도와 목표 온도의 차이가 소정의 값(예: 3℃)보다 큰 것을 포함할 수 있다.Rapid cooling conditions may include that the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) exceeds the target temperature, and the difference between the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) and the target temperature is greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 3°C).
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 제1 저장실(11)의 온도가 제1 목표 온도를 초과하고 제1 저장실(11)의 온도와 제1 목표 온도의 차이가 제1 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 급속 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제2 저장실(12)의 온도가 제2 목표 온도를 초과하고 제2 저장실(12)의 온도와 제2 목표 온도의 차이가 제2 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 급속 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제3 저장실(13)의 온도가 제3 목표 온도를 초과하고 제3 저장실(13)의 온도와 제3 목표 온도의 차이가 제3 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 급속 냉각 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may determine that the rapid cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the first storage compartment (11) exceeding the first target temperature and the difference between the temperature of the first storage compartment (11) and the first target temperature being greater than a first predetermined value. The control unit (350) may determine that the rapid cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the second storage compartment (12) exceeding the second target temperature and the difference between the temperature of the second storage compartment (12) and the second target temperature being greater than a second predetermined value. The control unit (350) may determine that the rapid cooling condition is satisfied based on the temperature of the third storage compartment (13) exceeding the third target temperature and the difference between the temperature of the third storage compartment (13) and the third target temperature being greater than a third predetermined value.
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 제1 냉각 조건이 만족되고, 급속 냉각 조건이 만족되지 않은 것(1100의 예, 1110의 아니오)에 기초하여 냉각 사이클만을 수행할 수 있다(1130).The control unit (350) can perform only the cooling cycle (1130) based on whether the first cooling condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) is satisfied and the rapid cooling condition is not satisfied (yes of 1100, no of 1110).
냉각 사이클만을 수행하는 것은, 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530) 중에서 압축기(2)만을 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Performing only the cooling cycle may include driving only the compressor (2) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 급속 냉각 조건이 만족된 것(1110의 예)에 기초하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하고 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다(1120).The control unit (350) can perform a cooling cycle and drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on whether the rapid cooling condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) is satisfied (example of 1110) (1120).
냉각 사이클을 수행하고 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)를 모두 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Performing the cooling cycle and driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 냉각 종료 조건을 만족했는지 여부를 판단할 수 있다(1140).The control unit (350) can determine whether the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the cooling end condition (1140).
냉각 종료 조건은 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 목표 온도까지 떨어진 것을 포함할 수 있다.The cooling end condition may include the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) dropping to the target temperature.
제어부(350)는 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 냉각 종료 조건이 만족된 것(1140의 예)에 기초하여 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 냉각을 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can terminate cooling of the storage room (11, 12, 13) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition of the storage room (11, 12, 13) (example of 1140).
저장실(11, 12, 13)의 냉각을 종료하는 것은 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지하여 냉각 사이클을 종료하는 것을 포함할 수 있고, 선택적으로 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Terminating cooling of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) may include stopping operation of the compressor (2) to terminate the cooling cycle, and optionally may include stopping operation of the thermoelectric element (530).
제어부(350)는 동작 1120 중에 냉각 종료 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can terminate the operation of the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition during operation 1120.
제어부(350)는 동작 1130 중에 냉각 종료 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can terminate the operation of the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the cooling termination condition during operation 1130.
이와 같이, 제1 냉각 조건은 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 현재 온도와 관련된 조건이다. 이에 따라, 제1 냉각 조건에만 기초하여 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)를 제어하는 경우 저장실의 급속한 온도 변화에 취약할 수 있다.In this way, the first cooling condition is a condition related to the current temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13). Accordingly, if the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) are controlled solely based on the first cooling condition, the storage chamber may be vulnerable to rapid temperature changes.
제어부(350)는 제2 냉각 조건이 만족되었는지 여부를 판단할 수 있다(1200). The control unit (350) can determine whether the second cooling condition is satisfied (1200).
제2 냉각 조건은 제1 냉각 조건과 상이한 것이며, 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도 변화를 최소화하기 위한 조건이라는 점에 있어서 정온 조건으로 호칭될 수도 있다.The second cooling condition is different from the first cooling condition and may be referred to as a constant temperature condition in that it is a condition for minimizing temperature changes in the storage chamber (11, 12, 13).
제2 냉각 조건은 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 위한 제1 조건을 포함할 수 있으며, 선택적으로 압축기(2)의 구동을 위한 제2 조건을 포함할 수 있다. 제1 조건과 제2 조건은 서로 독립적일 수 있다.The second cooling condition may include a first condition for driving the thermoelectric element (530) and optionally a second condition for driving the compressor (2). The first condition and the second condition may be independent of each other.
제1 조건은 열전 소자(530)의 동작 조건(또는 제어 조건)으로 호칭될 수 있으며, 제2 조건은 압축기(2)의 동작 조건(또는 제어 조건)으로 호칭될 수 있다.The first condition may be referred to as an operating condition (or control condition) of the thermoelectric element (530), and the second condition may be referred to as an operating condition (or control condition) of the compressor (2).
도 9는 일 실시예에 따른 열전 소자의 동작 조건의 예를 도시한다.Figure 9 illustrates an example of operating conditions of a thermoelectric element according to one embodiment.
도 9를 참조하면, 제1 조건은 우선순위를 갖는 복수의 제1 조건을 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 9, the first condition may include multiple first conditions having priorities.
복수의 제1 조건은 각각 우선순위와 제어 파라미터를 포함할 수 있다. 제어 파라미터는 열전 소자(530)의 출력 전압 및/또는 온/오프 듀티비를 포함할 수 있다.Each of the plurality of first conditions may include a priority and a control parameter. The control parameter may include an output voltage and/or an on/off duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530).
복수의 제1 조건은 각각 시작 조건과 종료 조건을 포함할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 시작 조건이 만족되면 해당 제어 파라미터에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 제어하고, 종료 조건이 만족되면 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 정지할 수 있다.The plurality of first conditions may each include a start condition and an end condition. When the start condition is satisfied, the control unit (350) may control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the corresponding control parameter, and when the end condition is satisfied, the control of the thermoelectric element (530) may be stopped.
여기서, 열전 소자(530)를 제어하는 것은 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것뿐만 아니라 열전 소자(530)의 오프 상태를 유지하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.Here, controlling the thermoelectric element (530) may include not only driving the thermoelectric element (530) but also maintaining the thermoelectric element (530) in an off state.
일 실시예에서, 제1 조건은 열전 소자(530)를 구동하기 위한 사용자 명령을 수신한 것을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first condition may include receiving a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530).
제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)를 구동하기 위한 사용자 명령을 수신하면 사용자 설정에 따른 제어 파라미터로 열전 소자(530)를 제어할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)를 구동하기 위한 사용자 명령을 수신하면 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 종료하기 위한 사용자 명령을 수신하거나 소정의 시간이 경과할 때까지 사용자 설정에 따른 제어 파라미터로 열전 소자(530)를 제어할 수 있다.When the control unit (350) receives a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530), the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) with control parameters according to user settings. When the control unit (350) receives a user command to drive the thermoelectric element (530), the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) with control parameters according to user settings until a user command to terminate the drive of the thermoelectric element (530) is received or a predetermined period of time has elapsed.
일 실시예에서, 제1 조건은 조건 M1을 포함할 수 있다. 조건 M1은 후술하여 설명할 쿨링 모드와 관련된 조건일 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first condition may include condition M1. Condition M1 may be a condition related to a cooling mode, which will be described later.
예를 들어, 조건 M1의 시작 조건은 쿨링 모드가 시작된 후 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값보다 큰 것을 포함할 수 있다.For example, the starting condition of condition M1 may include that the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value of the storage chamber (11) after the cooling mode starts is greater than a predetermined value.
쿨링 모드에 관해서는 후술하여 자세하게 설명하도록 한다.Cooling mode will be explained in detail later.
여기서, 조건 M1의 종료 조건은 열전 소자(530)가 구동된 후 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 기준값 이하로 떨어진 것을 포함할 수 있다.Here, the termination condition of condition M1 may include that the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value of the storage chamber (11) falls below the reference value after the thermoelectric element (530) is driven.
제어부(350)는 조건 M1이 만족된 것에 기초하여 제어 파라미터 M2에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 제어할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the control parameter M2 based on the satisfaction of condition M1.
일 실시예에서, 제1 조건은 조건 M1보다 우선순위가 높은 조건 L1을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first condition may include a condition L1 having a higher priority than condition M1.
일 실시예에서, 우선순위가 높은 제1 조건이 만족된 것에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 제어되고 있는 경우, 우선순위가 낮은 제1 조건이 만족되더라도 우선순위가 낮은 제1 조건에 대응하는 제어 파라미터로 열전 소자(530)가 제어되지 않을 수 있다.In one embodiment, when the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled based on the satisfaction of a first condition with a high priority, even if the first condition with a low priority is satisfied, the thermoelectric element (530) may not be controlled with a control parameter corresponding to the first condition with a low priority.
즉, 제어부(350)는 조건 L1이 만족된 것에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 제어 파라미터 L2로 제어되고 있는 경우, 우선순위가 낮은 조건 M1이 만족되더라도 제어 파라미터 M2로 열전 소자(530)를 제어하지 않고, 제어 파라미터 L2로 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 유지할 수 있다.That is, when the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled by the control parameter L2 according to the satisfaction of the condition L1, the control unit (350) can maintain the control of the thermoelectric element (530) by the control parameter L2 without controlling the thermoelectric element (530) by the control parameter M2 even if the condition M1 with a lower priority is satisfied.
조건 L1은 냉장고(1)의 초기 설치 조건들과, 센서부(340)에 의해 수집된 센서 데이터와 관련된 다양한 조건들을 포함할 수 있다.Condition L1 may include initial installation conditions of the refrigerator (1) and various conditions related to sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340).
예를 들어, 조건 L1의 시작 조건은 냉장고(1)의 전원이 켜진 후 일정 시간이 경과한 것을 포함할 수 있다. 조건 L1의 종료 조건은 저장실(11)의 온도가 소정의 온도 이하로 떨어진 것을 포함할 수 있다. 조건 L1의 시작 조건이 냉장고(1)의 전원이 켜진 후 일정 시간이 경과한 것을 포함하는 경우, 출력 전압(또는 듀티비) L2는 0이 아닌 상대적으로 큰 값을 가질 수 있다.For example, the start condition of condition L1 may include that a certain amount of time has passed since the refrigerator (1) was turned on. The end condition of condition L1 may include that the temperature of the storage compartment (11) has fallen below a certain temperature. If the start condition of condition L1 includes that a certain amount of time has passed since the refrigerator (1) was turned on, the output voltage (or duty ratio) L2 may have a relatively large value other than 0.
제어부(350)는 조건 L1이 만족된 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 제어 파라미터 L2로 제어하는 경우, 우선순위가 조건 L1 보다 낮은 조건 M1이 만족되더라도 열전 소자(530)를 제어 파라미터 L2에 기초하여 제어할 수 있다.When the control unit (350) controls the thermoelectric element (530) with the control parameter L2 based on the satisfaction of condition L1, the control unit (350) can control the thermoelectric element (530) based on the control parameter L2 even if condition M1, which has a lower priority than condition L1, is satisfied.
또 다른 예로, 조건 L1은 열전 소자(530)가 동작하여도 효율이 나오지 않는 다양한 조건들을 포함할 수 있다. 이 때, 조건 L1에 대한 출력 전압(또는 듀티비) L2는 0으로 설정되어 있을 수 있다.As another example, condition L1 may include various conditions under which the thermoelectric element (530) does not operate efficiently. In this case, the output voltage (or duty ratio) L2 for condition L1 may be set to 0.
제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)가 동작하여도 효율이 나오지 않는 조건이 만족된 경우, 우선순위가 조건 L1 보다 낮은 조건 M1이 만족되더라도 열전 소자(530)를 동작시키지 않을 수 있다.If a condition is satisfied that the thermoelectric element (530) does not operate efficiently, the control unit (350) may not operate the thermoelectric element (530) even if condition M1, which has a lower priority than condition L1, is satisfied.
열전 소자(530)가 동작하여도 효율이 나오지 않는 조건의 시작 조건은, 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)의 전원이 켜진 직후 일정 시간이 경과하지 않은 것, 제2 제상센서(112)에 의해 소정의 온도보다 낮은 온도가 소정의 시간 동안 감지된 것, 냉각 사이클 장치(450)의 고장이 감지된 것, 제1 도어(21) 또는 제2 도어(22)의 개방이 연속적으로 소정의 시간(예: 5분) 동안 감지되는 것, 및/또는 고외 온도가 소정의 온도(예: 39 ℃) 이상인 것 등을 포함할 수 있다.The starting conditions for the condition in which the efficiency is not achieved even if the thermoelectric element (530) operates may include, for example, that a certain period of time has not passed immediately after the power of the refrigerator (1) has been turned on, that a temperature lower than a predetermined temperature has been detected by the second defrost sensor (112) for a certain period of time, that a failure of the cooling cycle device (450) has been detected, that the opening of the first door (21) or the second door (22) has been continuously detected for a certain period of time (e.g., 5 minutes), and/or that the external temperature is higher than a certain temperature (e.g., 39°C).
열전 소자(530)가 동작하여도 효율이 나오지 않는 조건의 종료 조건은, 예를 들어, 냉장고(1)의 전원이 켜진 직후 일정 시간이 경과한 것, 제2 제상센서(112)에 의해 소정의 온도보다 높은 온도가 감지된 것, 냉각 사이클 장치(450)의 고장이 감지되지 않는 것, 제1 도어(21) 또는 제2 도어(22)의 폐쇄가 감지된 것, 및/또는 고외 온도가 소정의 온도(예: 39 ℃)보다 낮아진 것 등을 포함할 수 있다.Termination conditions under which the thermoelectric element (530) does not operate efficiently may include, for example, a certain period of time elapsed immediately after the refrigerator (1) is turned on, a temperature higher than a predetermined temperature is detected by the second defrost sensor (112), a failure of the cooling cycle device (450) is not detected, the closure of the first door (21) or the second door (22) is detected, and/or the external temperature becomes lower than a predetermined temperature (e.g., 39°C).
조건 L1은 앞서 설명한 조건들 외에도 다양한 조건을 포함할 수 있다.Condition L1 may include various conditions in addition to the conditions described above.
일 실시예에서, 제1 조건은 조건 M1보다 우선순위가 낮은 조건 N1을 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first condition may include a condition N1 having a lower priority than condition M1.
다양한 실시예에 따라, 조건 N1은 고외 온도 및 습도에 관한 조건을 포함할 수 있다.According to various embodiments, condition N1 may include conditions regarding external temperature and humidity.
예를 들어, 조건 N1은 고외 온도가 제1 범위이고 고외 습도가 소정의 습도 이상인 것, 고외 온도가 제1 범위보다 낮은 제2 범위이고 고외 습도가 소정의 습도 이상인 것, 및/또는 고외 온도가 제1 범위보다 낮은 제3 범위이고 고외 습도가 소정의 습도 이상인 것 등을 포함할 수 있다.For example, condition N1 may include that the outdoor temperature is in a first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity, that the outdoor temperature is in a second range lower than the first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity, and/or that the outdoor temperature is in a third range lower than the first range and the outdoor humidity is greater than or equal to a predetermined humidity.
고외 온도가 제1 범위이고 고외 습도가 소정의 습도 이상인 조건에 대응하는 제어 파라미터 N2의 출력 전압 또는 듀티비는 고외 온도가 제2 범위이고 고외 습도가 소정의 습도 이상인 조건에 대응하는 제어 파라미터 N2의 출력 전압 또는 듀티비보다 클 수 있다.The output voltage or duty ratio of the control parameter N2 corresponding to the condition that the outdoor temperature is in the first range and the outdoor humidity is equal to or greater than a predetermined humidity may be greater than the output voltage or duty ratio of the control parameter N2 corresponding to the condition that the outdoor temperature is in the second range and the outdoor humidity is equal to or greater than a predetermined humidity.
본 개시에 따르면, 열전 소자(530)는 압축기(2)의 동작 여부와 무관하게 제1 조건에 따라 동작할 수 있다.According to the present disclosure, the thermoelectric element (530) can operate according to the first condition regardless of whether the compressor (2) is operating.
제2 조건은 제1 냉각 조건과 무관한 압축기(2)의 구동 조건으로, 복수의 제2 조건을 포함할 수 있다. 제2 조건은 시작 조건과 종료 조건을 포함할 수 있다. 제2 조건은 제어 파라미터를 포함할 수 있다. 여기서, 제어 파라미터는 압축기(2)의 동작 주파수와 댐퍼(61)의 개폐 여부를 포함할 수 있다.The second condition is an operating condition of the compressor (2) that is unrelated to the first cooling condition, and may include multiple second conditions. The second condition may include a start condition and an end condition. The second condition may include a control parameter. Here, the control parameter may include the operating frequency of the compressor (2) and whether the damper (61) is opened or closed.
일 실시예에서, 제2 조건은 제2 저장실(12)의 예측 온도 값과 관련되어 있을 수 있으며, 선택적으로 제1 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값과 관련될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the second condition may be related to a predicted temperature value of the second storage compartment (12) and optionally may be related to a predicted temperature value of the first storage compartment (11).
제어부(350)는 제2 조건의 시작 조건이 만족된 것에 응답하여 압축기(2)를 구동하고, 제2 조건의 종료 조건이 만족된 것에 응답하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) in response to the satisfaction of the start condition of the second condition, and can stop the drive of the compressor (2) in response to the satisfaction of the end condition of the second condition.
제어부(350)는 제2 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 하이브리드 냉각 동작을 수행할 수 있다(1210).The control unit (350) can perform a hybrid cooling operation based on the satisfaction of the second cooling condition (1210).
하이브리드 냉각 동작은, 제1 조건의 시작 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것, 제2 조건의 시작 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동하는 것, 및 제1 조건과 제2 조건의 시작 조건들이 모두 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2) 및 열전 소자(530)를 모두 구동하는 것을 포함할 수 있다.The hybrid cooling operation may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of a start condition of a first condition, driving the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of a start condition of a second condition, and driving both the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of both the start conditions of the first condition and the second condition.
제어부(350)는 제1 조건의 시작 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제2 조건의 시작 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the start condition of the first condition. The control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the start condition of the second condition.
제어부(350)는 제2 냉각 종료 조건이 만족된 것(1220의 예)에 기초하여 하이브리드 냉각 동작을 종료할 수 있다(1230).The control unit (350) can terminate the hybrid cooling operation (1230) based on the satisfaction of the second cooling termination condition (example of 1220).
제2 냉각 종료 조건은 제1 조건의 종료 조건 및/또는 제2 조건의 종료 조건과 대응될 수 있다.The second cooling termination condition may correspond to the termination condition of the first condition and/or the termination condition of the second condition.
제어부(350)는 제1 조건의 종료 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 제2 조건의 종료 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can stop the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the satisfaction of the termination condition of the first condition. The control unit (350) can stop the operation of the compressor (2) based on the satisfaction of the termination condition of the second condition.
본 개시에 따르면, 온도 조건뿐만 아니라 정온 조건의 만족 여부에 따라 하이브리드 쿨링 동작을 수행하는 냉장고(1) 및 냉장고(1)의 제어방법이 제공된다.According to the present disclosure, a refrigerator (1) and a control method of the refrigerator (1) that perform a hybrid cooling operation depending on whether a constant temperature condition is satisfied as well as a temperature condition are provided.
이하에서는 조건 M1과 관련된 쿨링 모드에 대하여 자세히 설명한다.Below, the cooling mode related to condition M1 is described in detail.
도 10은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고의 제어방법의 일 예를 도시한 순서도이다.Fig. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for controlling a refrigerator according to one embodiment.
도 10을 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족되었는지 여부를 판단할 수 있다(2100).Referring to FIG. 10, the control unit (350) can determine whether a predetermined condition related to opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) is satisfied (2100).
도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건은 제1 저장실(11)을 개폐하는 제1 도어(21) 및/또는 제2 도어(22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건을 포함할 수 있다.The predetermined conditions related to the opening of the doors (21, 22, 23, 24) may include predetermined conditions related to the opening of the first door (21) and/or the second door (22) for opening and closing the first storage room (11).
도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건은, 제1 저장실(11)의 급격한 온도 변화가 예측되는 소정의 이벤트들을 포함할 수 있다.Certain conditions related to the opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) may include certain events in which a rapid temperature change of the first storage room (11) is predicted.
예를 들어, 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건은, 도어(21, 22)가 계속적으로 개방되어 있는 시간이 제1 소정의 시간(예: 대략 10초)을 초과한 것을 포함할 수 있다.For example, a predetermined condition associated with the opening of a door (21, 22) may include that the time for which the door (21, 22) is continuously open exceeds a first predetermined time (e.g., approximately 10 seconds).
제어부(350)는 도어 센서(343)에 의해 도어(21, 22)의 개방이 감지된 후 도어(21, 22)의 폐쇄가 감지되지 않은 채로 제1 소정의 시간이 경과하면 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.The control unit (350) may determine that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied when a first predetermined time elapses without the door (21, 22) being closed after the door sensor (343) detects the opening of the door (21, 22).
또 다른 예로, 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건은, 도어(21, 22)가 개방된 누적 시간이 제2 소정의 시간(예: 대략 1분)을 초과한 것을 포함할 수 있다.As another example, a predetermined condition associated with the opening of a door (21, 22) may include that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22) has been open exceeds a second predetermined time (e.g., approximately 1 minute).
제어부(350)는 도어 센서(343)에 의해 도어(21, 22)의 개방이 감지된 시점으로부터 도어(21, 22)의 폐쇄가 감지되는 시점까지의 시간을 누적하여 카운트하고, 카운트된 시간(도어(21, 22)가 개방된 누적 시간)이 제2 소정의 시간(예: 대략 1분)을 초과하면 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.The control unit (350) accumulates and counts the time from the time when the opening of the door (21, 22) is detected by the door sensor (343) to the time when the closing of the door (21, 22) is detected, and if the counted time (cumulative time when the door (21, 22) is opened) exceeds a second predetermined time (e.g., approximately 1 minute), it can be determined that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied.
또 다른 예로, 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건은, 도어(21, 22)가 개방된 후 저장실(11)에 수납된 물체의 열용량이 소정의 크기보다 큰 것을 포함할 수 있다.As another example, a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) may include that the heat capacity of an object stored in the storage room (11) after the door (21, 22) is opened is greater than a predetermined size.
제어부(350)는 도어 센서(343)에 의해 도어(21, 22)의 개방이 감지되면 저장실(11)의 내부를 촬영하는 카메라(예: 적외선 카메라)를 턴-온하고, 저장실(11)의 내부를 촬영하는 카메라로부터 획득된 이미지에 기초하여 도어(21, 22)가 개방된 후 저장실(11)에 수납된 물체의 열용량을 식별하고, 식별된 물체의 열용량이 소정의 크기보다 크면 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것으로 결정할 수 있다.When the opening of the door (21, 22) is detected by the door sensor (343), the control unit (350) turns on a camera (e.g., an infrared camera) that photographs the interior of the storage room (11), and, based on an image obtained from the camera that photographs the interior of the storage room (11), identifies the heat capacity of an object stored in the storage room (11) after the door (21, 22) is opened, and if the heat capacity of the identified object is greater than a predetermined size, determines that a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22) is satisfied.
제어부(350)는 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것(예: 2100)에 기초하여 쿨링 모드를 시작할 수 있다(2200).The control unit (350) can start the cooling mode (2200) based on the satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to the opening of the door (21, 22, 23, 24) (e.g., 2100).
본 개시에서 쿨링 모드는 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동 여부를 결정하기 위한 모드에 해당한다. 본 개시에서 쿨링 모드가 시작되더라도 열전 소자(530)의 구동이 필요 없다고 결정되면 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드가 종료될 수 있으며, 열잔 소자의 구동이 필요하다고 결정되면 열전 소자(530)의 구동 후 열전 소자(530)의 구동이 정지됨에 따라 쿨링 모드가 종료될 수 있다.In the present disclosure, the cooling mode corresponds to a mode for obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11) and determining whether to drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11). In the present disclosure, even if the cooling mode is started, if it is determined that the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) is not necessary, the cooling mode may be terminated without driving the thermoelectric element (530), and if it is determined that the operation of the thermal residual element is necessary, the cooling mode may be terminated as the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) is stopped after the operation of the thermoelectric element (530).
쿨링 모드가 시작된 것(2200)에 기초하여, 제어부(350)는 도어의 개방과 관련된 소정의 조건과 관련된 값들을 초기화할 수 있다.Based on the cooling mode starting (2200), the control unit (350) can initialize values related to predetermined conditions related to opening of the door.
예를 들어, 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건은 도어가 개방된 누적 시간이 소정의 시간을 초과한 것을 포함하고, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드를 시작한 것에 기초하여 누적 시간을 초기화할 수 있다.For example, a predetermined condition related to the door opening time may include that the cumulative time that the door has been opened exceeds a predetermined time, and the control unit (350) may initialize the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
쿨링 모드가 시작된 것(2200)에 기초하여, 제어부(350)는 센서부(340)에 의해 수집된 센서 데이터를 온도 예측 모델에 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다(2300).Based on the cooling mode starting (2200), the control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting the sensor data collected by the sensor unit (340) into the temperature prediction model (2300).
앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 제어부(350)는 다양한 방식으로 센서 데이터를 온도 예측 모델에 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다.As described above, the control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data into the temperature prediction model in various ways.
일 실시예에서, 데이터 처리 부담을 완화하기 위해, 제어부(350)는 미리 설정된 주기(예: 5분)마다 센서 데이터를 온도 예측 모델에 입력함으로써 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다.In one embodiment, to alleviate the burden of data processing, the control unit (350) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by inputting sensor data into the temperature prediction model at preset intervals (e.g., every 5 minutes).
그러나, 저장실(11)의 급속한 온도 변화가 예측 되는 경우 미리 설정된 주기를 변경하여 신속하게 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 확인할 필요성이 있다.However, if a rapid temperature change in the storage room (11) is predicted, there is a need to quickly check the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) by changing the preset cycle.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can change the preset cycle.
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)의 온도에 기초하여 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 단위시간당 저장실(11)의 온도의 변화 값에 기초하여 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 단위시간당 저장실(11)의 온도의 변화 값이 클수록 미리 설정된 주기를 선형적 또는 비선형적으로 짧게 조절할 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the temperature of the storage room (11). The control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the change value of the temperature of the storage room (11) per unit time. The control unit (350) can linearly or nonlinearly shorten the preset cycle as the change value of the temperature of the storage room (11) per unit time increases.
본 개시에 따르면, 저장실(11)의 온도 변화가 큰 경우에는 상대적으로 짧은 주기마다 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하여, 보다 정확한 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있는 냉장고(1)가 제공된다.According to the present disclosure, a refrigerator (1) is provided that can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) at relatively short intervals when the temperature change of the storage room (11) is large, thereby obtaining a more accurate predicted temperature value.
또 다른 예로, 제어부(350)는 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다. 제어부(350)는 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 클수록 미리 설정된 주기를 선형적 또는 비선형적으로 짧게 조절할 수 있다.As another example, the control unit (350) can change the preset cycle based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value. The control unit (350) can linearly or nonlinearly shorten the preset cycle as the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value increases.
본 개시에 따르면, 저장실(11)의 온도 변화가 클 것으로 예측되는 경우에는 상대적으로 짧은 주기마다 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하여, 보다 정확한 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있는 냉장고(1)가 제공된다.According to the present disclosure, a refrigerator (1) is provided that can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) at relatively short intervals when the temperature change of the storage room (11) is expected to be large, thereby obtaining a more accurate predicted temperature value.
제어부(350)는 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값을 저장실(11)의 목표 온도 값과 비교할 수 있다(2400).The control unit (350) can compare the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) with the target temperature value of the storage room (11) (2400).
보다 구체적으로, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값이 저장실(11)의 목표 온도 값보다 소정의 값만큼 큰 지 여부를 판단할 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값과 저장실(11)의 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값(예: 10℃)보다 큰 지 여부를 판단할 수 있다.More specifically, the control unit (350) can determine whether the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) is greater than the target temperature value of the storage room (11) by a predetermined value. That is, the control unit (350) can determine whether the difference between the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) and the target temperature value of the storage room (11) is greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 10°C).
이하에서는 설명의 편의를 위해 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값과 저장실(11)의 목표 온도 값의 차이를 '차이 값'으로 호칭한다.Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the difference between the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) and the target temperature value of the storage room (11) is referred to as a ‘difference value.’
앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 제어부(350)는 저장실(11)의 설정 온도와 고외 센서(342)에 의해 수집된 고외 센서 데이터에 기초하여 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 고외 온도 및/또는 습도가 높으면 저장실(11)의 설정 온도보다 더 낮게 목표 온도를 결정할 수 있다.As described above, the control unit (350) can determine the target temperature based on the set temperature of the storage room (11) and the external sensor data collected by the external sensor (342). For example, the control unit (350) can determine the target temperature to be lower than the set temperature of the storage room (11) when the external temperature and/or humidity is high.
도 11은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작하였지만 열전 소자(530)가 구동되지 않는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 11 illustrates an example in which a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode but the thermoelectric element (530) is not driven.
도 11을 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드가 시작된 시점 t0으로부터 미리 설정된 횟수(예: 2회)만큼 냉각 사이클이 수행될 때까지 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)보다 작은 것을 유지하는 것(2400의 아니오, 2450의 예)에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 11, the control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on maintaining the difference value to be less than a predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times (e.g., 2 times) from the time t0 when the cooling mode starts (No of 2400, Yes of 2450).
즉, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행될 때까지 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1) 이하인 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다(2700).That is, the control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being less than or equal to a predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times (2700).
제어부(350)가 쿨링 모드를 종료하는 것은, 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행되었음에도 불구하고 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 작은 상태를 유지한다면 도어(21, 22)의 개방과 관련된 이벤트에 의해 저장실(11)의 온도가 상승할 여력이 더 이상 존재하지 않는다는 것을 의미하기 때문이다.The reason the control unit (350) terminates the cooling mode is that if the difference value remains smaller than a predetermined value even though the cooling cycle has been performed a preset number of times, it means that there is no longer room for the temperature of the storage room (11) to rise due to an event related to the opening of the door (21, 22).
제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 수행 중인 경우, 현재 수행 중인 냉각 사이클을 포함하여 냉각 사이클의 수행 횟수를 카운트할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can count the number of times the cooling cycle is performed, including the cooling cycle currently being performed, when the cooling cycle is being performed.
제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 수행 중이지 않은 경우, 앞으로 수행되는 냉각 사이클의 수행 횟수를 카운트할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can count the number of times a cooling cycle is to be performed in the future when the cooling cycle is not being performed.
즉, 제어부(350)는 압축기(2)가 구동 중인 상태에서 구동이 정지된 상태로 변경된 것에 기초하여 냉각 사이클의 수행 횟수를 카운트할 수 있다.That is, the control unit (350) can count the number of times the cooling cycle is performed based on the change from the compressor (2) being operated to the stopped state.
제어부(350)는 차이 값이 소정의 값 이하인 것을 유지하며 냉각 사이클의 수행 횟수가 미리 설정된 횟수를 초과한 도달한 시점(t2)에 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode at a point in time (t2) when the number of times the cooling cycle is performed exceeds a preset number while maintaining the difference value to be less than or equal to a predetermined value.
다양한 실시예에 따라, 제어부(350)는 차이 값이 소정의 값 이하인 것을 유지하며 기준 시간이 경과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수도 있다.According to various embodiments, the control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the elapsed time of a reference time while maintaining the difference value to be less than or equal to a predetermined value.
다양한 실시예에 따라, 제어부(350)는 차이 값이 소정의 값 이하인 것을 유지하며 차이 값의 기울기가 양수(positive value)에서 음수(negative value)로 전환된 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수도 있다.According to various embodiments, the control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value remaining below a predetermined value and the slope of the difference value changing from a positive value to a negative value.
본 개시에 따르면, 저장실(11)의 온도 유지를 위해 굳이 열전 소자(530)의 구동이 필요하지 않은 경우에는, 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 쿨링 모드를 종료함으로써 소모되는 에너지를 절약할 수 있다.According to the present disclosure, in cases where the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) is not necessary to maintain the temperature of the storage room (11), the energy consumed can be saved by terminating the cooling mode without operating the thermoelectric element (530).
도 11에 도시된 바와 같이, 압축기(2)에 의해 냉각 사이클이 수행되는 중에 쿨링 모드가 시작되는 경우 저장실(11)의 예측 온도가 크게 상승하지 않을 수 있다. 그러나, 압축기(2)에 의해 냉각 사이클이 수행되는 중에 쿨링 모드가 시작되더라도 도어(21, 22)의 개방 시간이 상당하거나, 저장실(11) 내부에 열용량이 상당한 물체가 수납되었다면 저장실(11)의 예측 온도가 크게 상승할 여지가 있다.As illustrated in Fig. 11, if the cooling mode is started while the cooling cycle is being performed by the compressor (2), the predicted temperature of the storage compartment (11) may not rise significantly. However, even if the cooling mode is started while the cooling cycle is being performed by the compressor (2), if the opening time of the door (21, 22) is significant or if an object with a significant heat capacity is stored inside the storage compartment (11), the predicted temperature of the storage compartment (11) may rise significantly.
제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 것(2400의 예)에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다(2500).The control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being greater than a predetermined value (example of 2400) while operating in cooling mode (2500).
쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 조건은, 도 9에서 설명된 조건 M1에 해당할 수 있다.A condition in which the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode may correspond to condition M1 described in Fig. 9.
제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 경우 제1 제어 파라미터(M1)로 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다. 여기서, 제1 제어 파라미터는 차이 값과 열전 소자(530)의 온/오프 듀티비가 매칭된 룩업 테이블을 포함할 수 있다.The control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) with a first control parameter (M1) when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode. Here, the first control parameter may include a lookup table in which the difference value and the on/off duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) are matched.
제어부(350)는 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 경우, 차이 값에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 듀티비를 제어할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 경우 차이 값이 클수록 열전 소자(530)의 듀티비를 크게 제어할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value. For example, the control unit (350) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) to be greater as the difference value increases when the difference value is greater than the predetermined value.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값보다 크더라도, 쿨링 모드보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건이 만족되어 제2 제어 파라미터에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 제어되고 있다면 제2 제어 파라미터에 기초한 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 유지할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) may maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to the second control parameter, even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode.
여기서, 쿨링 모드보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건은 쿨링 모드에 대응하는 제어 조건 M1 보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건 L1을 포함할 수 있다.Here, the control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode may include the control condition L1 having a higher priority than the control condition M1 corresponding to the cooling mode.
즉, 제어부(350)는 조건 M1이 만족되더라도 조건 L1이 만족되어 제어 파라미터 L2에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 제어되고 있다면 제어 파라미터 L2에 기초한 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 유지할 수 있다.That is, even if condition M1 is satisfied, if condition L1 is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to control parameter L2, the control unit (350) can maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on control parameter L2.
예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 크더라도 조건 L1에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 오프되어 있다면 열전 소자(530)를 구동하지 않을 수 있다.For example, the control unit (350) may not drive the thermoelectric element (530) if the thermoelectric element (530) is turned off according to condition L1 even if the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode.
또 다른 예로, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 크면 제1 듀티비로 열전 소자(530)를 구동하되, 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 크더라도 조건 L1에 따라 열전 소자(530)가 제2 듀티비로 구동 중이라면 열전 소자(530)를 제2 듀티비로 구동하는 것을 유지할 수 있다.As another example, the control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) at the first duty ratio when the difference value is greater than a predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode, but may maintain driving the thermoelectric element (530) at the second duty ratio when the thermoelectric element (530) is being driven at the second duty ratio according to condition L1 even when the difference value is greater than the predetermined value while operating in the cooling mode.
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 압축기(2)의 동작 여부(냉각 사이클의 진행 여부)와 무관하게 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 소정의 값보다 큰 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value being greater than a predetermined value while operating in cooling mode, regardless of whether the compressor (2) is operating (whether the cooling cycle is in progress).
이에 따라, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 진행되고 있는 중에 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수도 있고, 냉각 사이클이 진행되고 있지 않은 중에 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수도 있고, 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 중에 냉각 사이클을 시작할 수도 있다.Accordingly, the control unit (350) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) while the cooling cycle is in progress, drive the thermoelectric element (530) while the cooling cycle is not in progress, or start the cooling cycle while driving the thermoelectric element (530).
일 실시예에서, 제어부(350)는 열전 소자(530)를 구동한 후에 차이 값이 기준값 이하로 떨어진 것(2600의 예)에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다(2700). 여기서, 기준값은 소정의 값보다 작고, 목표 온도 값보다 클 수 있다.In one embodiment, the control unit (350) may terminate the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value falling below a reference value (example of 2600) after driving the thermoelectric element (530) (2700). Here, the reference value may be less than a predetermined value and greater than a target temperature value.
도 12는 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우 압축기와 열전 소자가 함께 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 12 illustrates an example in which a compressor and a thermoelectric element are driven together when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
도 12를 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 진행되고 있지 않은 상태에서 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 시점 t0에 쿨링 모드를 시작할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 12, the control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied while the cooling cycle is not in progress.
이후 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 상승함에 따라 냉각 사이클이 시작될 수 있으며, 냉각 사이클이 시작된 이후 또는 이전의 시점 t1에 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과할 수 있다.Afterwards, as the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) rises, a cooling cycle may be initiated, and the difference value at a time point t1 before or after the cooling cycle is initiated may exceed a predetermined value (T1).
차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)가 구동될 수 있으며, 냉각 사이클이 수행되는 중에 열전 소자(530)가 구동되면 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)가 함께 구동될 수 있고, 냉각 사이클이 수행되지 않는 중에 열전 소자(530)가 구동되면 열전 소자(530)만이 구동될 수 있다.The thermoelectric element (530) can be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1), and if the thermoelectric element (530) is driven while the cooling cycle is being performed, the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven together, and if the thermoelectric element (530) is driven while the cooling cycle is not being performed, only the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven.
즉, 제어부(350)는 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 냉각 사이클을 시작할 수 있으며, 냉각 사이클을 수행하는 중에 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530)가 함께 구동되도록 할 수 있다.That is, the control unit (350) can start a cooling cycle based on the satisfaction of the cooling condition, and can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding a predetermined value while performing the cooling cycle, thereby allowing the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) to be driven together.
이후, 제어부(350)는 차이 값이 기준값(T2) 이하로 떨어진 시점 t2에 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.Thereafter, the control unit (350) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) at a time point t2 when the difference value falls below the reference value (T2).
도 13은 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우 압축기와 열전 소자 중에서 열전 소자만이 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 13 illustrates an example in which, when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode, only the thermoelectric element among the compressor and the thermoelectric element is driven.
도 13을 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 진행되고 있는 상태에서 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 시점 t0에 쿨링 모드를 시작할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 13, the control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied while the cooling cycle is in progress.
이후 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 이벤트에 따라 냉각 사이클이 진행 중이더라도 시점 t1에 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과할 수 있다.Depending on the event related to the opening time of the door thereafter, the difference value at time t1 may exceed a predetermined value (T1) even though the cooling cycle is in progress.
냉각 사이클의 완료에 따라 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 하강하였더라도, 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)가 구동될 수 있다.Even if the temperature of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) decreases upon completion of the cooling cycle, the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1).
즉, 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도는 목표 온도 이하로 유지되고 있더라도, 저장실(11)의 예측 온도 값이 높은 경우 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530) 중에서 열전 소자(530)만이 구동될 수 있다.That is, even if the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) is maintained below the target temperature, if the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11) is high, only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) can be driven.
즉, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클을 수행하지 않는 상태에서 차이 값이 소정의 값을 초과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 압축기(2)와 열전 소자(530) 중 열전 소자(530)만이 구동되도록 할 수 있다.That is, the control unit (350) can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
이후, 제어부(350)는 차이 값이 기준값(T2) 이하로 떨어진 시점 t2에 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.Thereafter, the control unit (350) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) at a time point t2 when the difference value falls below the reference value (T2).
시점 t2에 도달하기 이전에 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도가 냉각 조건을 만족하는 경우, 제어부(350)는 압축기(2)를 구동함으로써 열전 소자(530)와 압축기(2)가 함께 구동되도록 할 수 있음은 물론이다.If the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) satisfies the cooling condition before reaching time point t2, the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2), thereby allowing the thermoelectric element (530) and the compressor (2) to be driven together.
본 개시의 일 실시예에 따르면, 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 통해 저장실(11)의 미래의 온도를 관리하고, 압축기(2)의 구동을 통해 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 현재의 온도를 관리함으로써 최소한의 에너지 소비로 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도를 유지할 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) can be maintained with minimal energy consumption by managing the future temperature of the storage room (11) through driving the thermoelectric element (530) and managing the current temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13) through driving the compressor (2).
한편, 쿨링 모드로 동작 중에 차이 값이 현저하게 증가하는 경우 열전 소자(530)의 구동만으로는 저장실(11)의 온도를 유지하지 못할 수 있다.Meanwhile, if the difference value increases significantly while operating in cooling mode, the temperature of the storage room (11) may not be maintained by driving only the thermoelectric element (530).
다양한 실시예에 따라, 제어부(350)는 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 차이 값이 최대 설정값을 초과하면 압축기(2)를 구동할 수도 있다.According to various embodiments, the control unit (350) may drive the compressor (2) when the difference value exceeds the maximum set value while operating in cooling mode.
즉, 제어부(350)는 차이 값에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동 여부를 결정할 수 있다.That is, the control unit (350) can determine whether to drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value.
도 14는 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고가 쿨링 모드를 시작한 경우, 열전 소자의 구동 중 압축기가 구동되는 예를 도시한다.FIG. 14 illustrates an example in which a compressor is driven while a thermoelectric element is driven when a refrigerator according to one embodiment starts a cooling mode.
도 14를 참조하면, 제어부(350)는 냉각 사이클이 종료된 후에 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 시점 t0에 쿨링 모드를 시작할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14, the control unit (350) can start the cooling mode at a time t0 when a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door is satisfied after the cooling cycle is completed.
냉각 사이클이 종료된 직후에 도어의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족되는 경우, 예측 온도 값이 가파르게 상승할 가능성이 높다. 예측 온도 값이 가파르게 상승하여 시점 t1에 차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과할 수 있다.If certain conditions related to the door opening time are met immediately after the end of the cooling cycle, the predicted temperature value is likely to rise sharply. The predicted temperature value may rise sharply, and the difference value at time t1 may exceed a predetermined value (T1).
차이 값이 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)가 구동될 수 있으나, 차이 값이 가파르게 상승하여 최대 설정값(T3)을 초과할 수 있다.The thermoelectric element (530) may be driven based on the difference value exceeding a predetermined value (T1), but the difference value may rise steeply and exceed the maximum set value (T3).
차이 값이 최대 설정값(T3)에 도달한 시점 ta에 압축기(2)가 구동될 수 있다.The compressor (2) can be operated at a point ta when the difference value reaches the maximum set value (T3).
다만, 과도한 에너지 소모의 방지를 위해 압축기(2)는 차이 값이 최대 설정값(T3)보다 작고 소정의 값(T1)보다 큰 미리 설정된 값으로 떨어진 시점 tb에 정지할 수 있다.However, to prevent excessive energy consumption, the compressor (2) can be stopped at a point tb when the difference value falls to a preset value that is less than the maximum set value (T3) and greater than the predetermined value (T1).
이후 열전 소자(530)는 차이 값이 기준값(T2)으로 떨어진 시점 t2에 정지될 수 있다.Afterwards, the thermoelectric element (530) can be stopped at a point t2 when the difference value drops to the reference value (T2).
제어부(350)는 차이 값이 최대 설정값(T3)에 도달한 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(350)는 냉각 조건의 만족 여부와 무관하게 차이 값이 최대 설정값(T3)에 도달한 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value reaching the maximum set value (T3). For example, the control unit (350) can drive the compressor (2) based on the difference value reaching the maximum set value (T3) regardless of whether the cooling condition is satisfied.
제어부(350)는 압축기(2)의 구동 후 차이 값이 미리 설정된 값 이하로 떨어진 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)의 구동을 정지할 수 있다. 여기서, 미리 설정된 값은 최대 설정값(T3)과 소정의 값(T1) 사이의 값으로 미리 설정될 수 있다.The control unit (350) can stop the operation of the compressor (2) based on the difference value after the operation of the compressor (2) falling below a preset value. Here, the preset value can be preset to a value between the maximum set value (T3) and a predetermined value (T1).
제어부(350)는 압축기(2)의 정지 후 차이 값이 기준값(T2) 이하로 떨어진 것에 기초하여 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.The control unit (350) can terminate the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference value falling below the reference value (T2) after the compressor (2) stops.
본 개시에 따르면, 저장실(11)의 예측 온도가 가파르게 상승하는 경우 열전 소자(530)뿐만 아니라 압축기(2)를 이용하여 저장실(11)을 미리 냉각함으로써, 저장실(11)의 급격한 온도 변화에 사전 대응할 수 있다.According to the present disclosure, when the predicted temperature of the storage room (11) rises sharply, it is possible to preemptively respond to a rapid temperature change in the storage room (11) by pre-cooling the storage room (11) using not only the thermoelectric element (530) but also the compressor (2).
본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)는, 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 형성하는 본체(100); 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 개폐하는 도어(21, 22, 23, 24); 압축기(2)와 증발기(3)를 포함하고, 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 냉각하는 냉각 사이클 장치(450); 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 냉각하는 열전 소자(530); 상기 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터를 수집하는 적어도 하나의 센서(340); 및 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 상기 압축기(2)를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하고, 상기 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 쿨링 모드를 시작하는 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361);를 포함하고, 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 기초하여, 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 센서 데이터를 온도 예측 모델에 입력함으로써 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값(T1)보다 큰 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다.A refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment of the present disclosure comprises: a main body (100) forming a storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a door (21, 22, 23, 24) for opening and closing the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a cooling cycle device (450) including a compressor (2) and an evaporator (3) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); a thermoelectric element (530) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13); at least one sensor (340) for collecting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1); And at least one processor (351, 361) for driving the compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on the satisfaction of a cooling condition, and starting a cooling mode based on the satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to the opening time of the door (21, 22, 23, 24); and, based on the start of the cooling mode, the at least one processor (351, 361) can obtain a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) by inputting the sensor data into a temperature prediction model, and can drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value (T1).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동한 후에 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 기준값(T2) 이하로 떨어지면 상기 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can end the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value falls below the reference value (T2) after driving the thermoelectric element (530).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행될 때까지 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1) 이하인 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)의 구동 없이 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may terminate the cooling mode without driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 설정 온도와 상기 센서 데이터에 기초하여 상기 목표 온도 값을 결정할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can determine the target temperature value based on the set temperature and the sensor data.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하는 중에 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기(2)와 상기 열전 소자(530)가 함께 구동되도록 할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) together.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하지 않는 상태에서 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기(2)와 상기 열전 소자(530) 중 상기 열전 소자(530)만이 구동되도록 할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while not performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)보다 큰 경우 제1 제어 파라미터에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may drive the thermoelectric element (530) based on the first control parameter when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)보다 크더라도, 상기 쿨링 모드보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건이 만족되어 제2 제어 파라미터에 따라 상기 열전 소자(530)가 제어되고 있다면 상기 제2 제어 파라미터에 기초한 상기 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 유지할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may maintain control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to the second control parameter, even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1) while operating in the cooling mode.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 미리 설정된 주기마다 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득할 수 있다.The above at least one processor (351, 361) can obtain the predicted temperature value of the storage room (11, 12, 13) at preset intervals.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 온도에 기초하여 상기 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can change the preset cycle based on the temperature of the storage room (11, 12, 13).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 미리 설정된 주기를 변경할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can change the preset cycle based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 압축기(2)와 상기 열전 소자(530)를 제어하는 제1 프로세서(351); 및 상기 온도 예측 모델을 이용하여 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하는 제2 프로세서(361);를 포함할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may include a first processor (351) that controls the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530); and a second processor (361) that obtains a predicted temperature value of the storage chamber (11, 12, 13) using the temperature prediction model.
상기 제1 프로세서(351)는, 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 응답하여 상기 제2 프로세서(361)에게 상기 온도 예측 모델의 수행을 지시하고, 상기 제2 프로세서(361)는, 상기 제1 프로세서(351)로부터 상기 지시를 수신한 것에 응답하여 상기 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 예측 온도 값을 상기 제1 프로세서(351)에게 전달할 수 있다.The first processor (351) may, in response to the cooling mode being started, instruct the second processor (361) to perform the temperature prediction model, and the second processor (361) may, in response to receiving the instruction from the first processor (351), obtain the predicted temperature value and transmit the predicted temperature value to the first processor (351).
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)의 듀티비를 제어할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can control the duty ratio of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이에 기초하여 상기 압축기(2)의 구동 여부를 결정할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) can determine whether to drive the compressor (2) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value.
상기 소정의 조건은, 상기 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)가 개방된 누적 시간이 소정의 시간을 초과한 것을 포함할 수 있다.The above-mentioned predetermined condition may include that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22, 23, 24) has been open exceeds a predetermined time.
상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서(351, 361)는, 상기 쿨링 모드를 시작한 것에 기초하여 상기 누적 시간을 초기화할 수 있다.The at least one processor (351, 361) may initialize the accumulated time based on starting the cooling mode.
본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 냉장고(1)의 제어방법은, 냉각 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 압축기(2)를 구동하여 냉각 사이클을 수행하고; 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 개폐하는 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)의 개방 시간과 관련된 소정의 조건이 만족된 것에 기초하여 쿨링 모드를 시작하고; 상기 쿨링 모드가 시작된 것에 기초하여, 냉장고(1)와 관련된 센서 데이터를 온도 예측 모델에 입력함으로써 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)의 예측 온도 값을 획득하고, 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 소정의 값(T1)보다 큰 것에 기초하여 상기 저장실(11, 12, 13)을 냉각하는 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것;을 포함할 수 있다.A control method of a refrigerator (1) according to one embodiment of the present disclosure may include: driving a compressor (2) to perform a cooling cycle based on satisfaction of a cooling condition; starting a cooling mode based on satisfaction of a predetermined condition related to an opening time of a door (21, 22, 23, 24) for opening and closing a storage compartment (11, 12, 13); obtaining a predicted temperature value of the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) by inputting sensor data related to the refrigerator (1) into a temperature prediction model based on the start of the cooling mode, and driving a thermoelectric element (530) for cooling the storage compartment (11, 12, 13) based on a difference between the predicted temperature value and a target temperature value being greater than a predetermined value (T1).
상기 냉장고(1)의 제어방법은, 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동한 후에 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 기준값(T2) 이하로 떨어지면 상기 열전 소자(530)의 구동을 정지함으로써 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료하는 것;을 더 포함할 수 있다.The control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include terminating the cooling mode by stopping the operation of the thermoelectric element (530) when the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value falls below the reference value (T2) after operating the thermoelectric element (530).
상기 냉장고(1)의 제어방법은, 상기 냉각 사이클이 미리 설정된 횟수만큼 수행될 때까지 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1) 이하인 것에 기초하여 상기 쿨링 모드를 종료하는 것;을 더 포함할 수 있다.The control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include terminating the cooling mode based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value being less than or equal to the predetermined value (T1) until the cooling cycle is performed a preset number of times.
상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하는 중에 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기(2)와 상기 열전 소자(530)가 함께 구동되도록 하는 것;을 포함할 수 있다.Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) while performing the cooling cycle, thereby driving the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530) together.
상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 상기 냉각 사이클을 수행하지 않는 상태에서 상기 예측 온도 값과 상기 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)을 초과한 것에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동함으로써 상기 압축기(2)와 상기 열전 소자(530) 중 상기 열전 소자(530)만이 구동되도록 하는 것;을 포함할 수 있다.Driving the thermoelectric element (530) may include driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value exceeding the predetermined value (T1) in a state where the cooling cycle is not performed, thereby driving only the thermoelectric element (530) among the compressor (2) and the thermoelectric element (530).
상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것은, 제1 제어 파리미터에 기초하여 상기 열전 소자(530)를 구동하는 것을 포함하고, 상기 냉장고(1)의 제어방법은, 상기 쿨링 모드로 동작 중 상기 예측 온도 값과 목표 온도 값의 차이가 상기 소정의 값(T1)보다 크더라도, 상기 쿨링 모드보다 우선 순위가 높은 제어 조건이 만족되어 제2 제어 파라미터에 따라 상기 열전 소자(530)가 제어되고 있다면 상기 제2 제어 파라미터에 기초한 상기 열전 소자(530)의 제어를 유지하는 것;을 더 포함할 수 있다.Driving the thermoelectric element (530) includes driving the thermoelectric element (530) based on a first control parameter, and the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include maintaining control of the thermoelectric element (530) based on the second control parameter if a control condition having a higher priority than the cooling mode is satisfied and the thermoelectric element (530) is controlled according to a second control parameter even if the difference between the predicted temperature value and the target temperature value is greater than the predetermined value (T1) during operation in the cooling mode.
상기 소정의 조건은, 상기 도어(21, 22, 23, 24)가 개방된 누적 시간이 소정의 시간을 초과한 것을 포함하고, 상기 냉장고(1)의 제어방법은, 상기 쿨링 모드를 시작한 것에 기초하여 상기 누적 시간을 초기화하는 것;을 더 포함할 수 있다.The above predetermined condition includes that the cumulative time that the door (21, 22, 23, 24) has been opened exceeds a predetermined time, and the control method of the refrigerator (1) may further include initializing the cumulative time based on starting the cooling mode.
한편, 개시된 실시예들은 컴퓨터에 의해 실행 가능한 명령어를 저장하는 기록매체의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 명령어는 프로그램 코드의 형태로 저장될 수 있으며, 프로세서에 의해 실행되었을 때, 프로그램 모듈을 생성하여 개시된 실시예들의 동작을 수행할 수 있다. 기록매체는 컴퓨터로 읽을 수 있는 기록매체로 구현될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the disclosed embodiments may be implemented in the form of a recording medium storing computer-executable instructions. The instructions may be stored in the form of program code, and when executed by a processor, may generate program modules to perform the operations of the disclosed embodiments. The recording medium may be implemented as a computer-readable recording medium.
컴퓨터가 읽을 수 있는 기록매체로는 컴퓨터에 의하여 해독될 수 있는 명령어가 저장된 모든 종류의 기록 매체를 포함한다. 예를 들어, ROM(read only memory), RAM(random access memory), 자기 테이프, 자기 디스크, 플래쉬 메모리, 광 데이터 저장장치 등이 있을 수 있다.Computer-readable storage media include all types of storage media that store instructions that can be deciphered by a computer. Examples include read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic tape, magnetic disks, flash memory, and optical data storage devices.
또한, 컴퓨터가 읽을 수 있는 기록매체는, 비일시적(non-transitory) 저장매체의 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 여기서, '비일시적 저장매체'는 실재(tangible)하는 장치이고, 신호(signal)(예: 전자기파)를 포함하지 않는다는 것을 의미할 뿐이며, 이 용어는 데이터가 저장매체에 반영구적으로 저장되는 경우와 임시적으로 저장되는 경우를 구분하지 않는다. 예로, '비일시적 저장매체'는 데이터가 임시적으로 저장되는 버퍼를 포함할 수 있다.Additionally, a computer-readable recording medium may be provided in the form of a non-transitory storage medium. Here, the term "non-transitory storage medium" simply means a tangible device that does not contain signals (e.g., electromagnetic waves). This term does not distinguish between cases where data is permanently stored in the storage medium and cases where data is temporarily stored. For example, a "non-transitory storage medium" may include a buffer in which data is temporarily stored.
일 실시예에 따르면, 본 문서에 개시된 다양한 실시예들에 따른 방법은 컴퓨터 프로그램 제품(computer program product)에 포함되어 제공될 수 있다. 컴퓨터 프로그램 제품은 상품으로서 판매자 및 구매자 간에 거래될 수 있다. 컴퓨터 프로그램 제품은 기기로 읽을 수 있는 기록 매체(예: compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM))의 형태로 배포되거나, 또는 어플리케이션 스토어(예: 플레이 스토어TM)를 통해 또는 두 개의 사용자 장치들(예: 스마트폰들) 간에 직접, 온라인으로 배포(예: 다운로드 또는 업로드)될 수 있다. 온라인 배포의 경우에, 컴퓨터 프로그램 제품(예: 다운로더블 앱(downloadable app))의 적어도 일부는 제조사의 서버, 어플리케이션 스토어의 서버, 또는 중계 서버의 메모리와 같은 기기로 읽을 수 있는 기록 매체에 적어도 일시 저장되거나, 임시적으로 생성될 수 있다.According to one embodiment, the method according to various embodiments disclosed in the present document may be provided as included in a computer program product. The computer program product may be traded as a product between a seller and a buyer. The computer program product may be distributed in the form of a machine-readable recording medium (e.g., compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)), or may be distributed online (e.g., downloaded or uploaded) via an application store (e.g., Play Store™) or directly between two user devices (e.g., smartphones). In the case of online distribution, at least a portion of the computer program product (e.g., a downloadable app) may be temporarily stored or temporarily generated on a machine-readable recording medium, such as the memory of a manufacturer's server, an application store's server, or an intermediary server.
이상에서와 같이 첨부된 도면을 참조하여 개시된 실시예들을 설명하였다. 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자는 본 발명의 기술적 사상이나 필수적인 특징을 변경하지 않고도, 개시된 실시예들과 다른 형태로 본 발명이 실시될 수 있음을 이해할 것이다. 개시된 실시예들은 예시적인 것이며, 한정적으로 해석되어서는 안 된다.The disclosed embodiments have been described with reference to the attached drawings as described above. Those skilled in the art will understand that the present invention can be implemented in forms other than the disclosed embodiments without altering the technical spirit or essential features of the present invention. The disclosed embodiments are illustrative and should not be construed as limiting.
Claims (15)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US19/063,714 US20250283657A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 | 2025-02-26 | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| KR10-2024-0032702 | 2024-03-07 | ||
| KR20240032702 | 2024-03-07 | ||
| KR1020240072568A KR20250136190A (en) | 2024-03-07 | 2024-06-03 | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator |
| KR10-2024-0072568 | 2024-06-03 |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US19/063,714 Continuation US20250283657A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 | 2025-02-26 | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025188123A1 true WO2025188123A1 (en) | 2025-09-12 |
| WO2025188123A8 WO2025188123A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
Family
ID=96991378
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/KR2025/099397 Pending WO2025188123A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 | 2025-02-14 | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025188123A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR100828338B1 (en) * | 2007-03-21 | 2008-05-08 | 주식회사 대창 | Cold storage room |
| JP2009525751A (en) * | 2006-02-09 | 2009-07-16 | デーウー・エレクトロニクス・コーポレイション | Kimchi refrigerator cooling device and cooling method |
| KR20180006999A (en) * | 2018-01-11 | 2018-01-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Refrigerator |
| KR20220084711A (en) * | 2020-12-14 | 2022-06-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | refrigerator and control method thereof |
| KR102521019B1 (en) * | 2017-03-15 | 2023-04-13 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Refrigerator |
-
2025
- 2025-02-14 WO PCT/KR2025/099397 patent/WO2025188123A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009525751A (en) * | 2006-02-09 | 2009-07-16 | デーウー・エレクトロニクス・コーポレイション | Kimchi refrigerator cooling device and cooling method |
| KR100828338B1 (en) * | 2007-03-21 | 2008-05-08 | 주식회사 대창 | Cold storage room |
| KR102521019B1 (en) * | 2017-03-15 | 2023-04-13 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Refrigerator |
| KR20180006999A (en) * | 2018-01-11 | 2018-01-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Refrigerator |
| KR20220084711A (en) * | 2020-12-14 | 2022-06-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | refrigerator and control method thereof |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2025188123A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2017014559A1 (en) | Air conditioner and control method thereof | |
| EP3183509A1 (en) | Air conditioner and control method thereof | |
| WO2011081500A2 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2020116987A1 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2016010220A1 (en) | Cooling device and method for controlling same | |
| WO2021045415A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method of controlling the same | |
| WO2019139389A1 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2025188123A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2018169328A1 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2021085899A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method of controlling the same | |
| WO2025146935A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2024151097A1 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2025193020A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method of controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2020071741A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling same | |
| WO2025187992A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2025173921A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2025187936A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling same | |
| WO2025187954A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2025187953A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator | |
| WO2022103154A1 (en) | Refrigerator and method for controlling same | |
| WO2022030809A1 (en) | Refrigerator and operation control method therefor | |
| WO2022030807A1 (en) | Refrigerator | |
| WO2024080510A1 (en) | Refrigerator and control method for same | |
| WO2024080515A1 (en) | Refrigerator and controlling method for same | |
| WO2025206555A1 (en) | Refrigerator |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25768678 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |